WO2013006006A2 - Method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013006006A2
WO2013006006A2 PCT/KR2012/005358 KR2012005358W WO2013006006A2 WO 2013006006 A2 WO2013006006 A2 WO 2013006006A2 KR 2012005358 W KR2012005358 W KR 2012005358W WO 2013006006 A2 WO2013006006 A2 WO 2013006006A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
preamble
pdsch
unlicensed band
transmitted
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2012/005358
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Other versions
WO2013006006A3 (en
Inventor
김학성
서한별
Original Assignee
엘지전자 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 엘지전자 주식회사 filed Critical 엘지전자 주식회사
Priority to US14/127,904 priority Critical patent/US9854446B2/en
Publication of WO2013006006A2 publication Critical patent/WO2013006006A2/en
Publication of WO2013006006A3 publication Critical patent/WO2013006006A3/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/14Spectrum sharing arrangements between different networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078Timing of allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/26Resource reservation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0808Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/0006Assessment of spectral gaps suitable for allocating digitally modulated signals, e.g. for carrier allocation in cognitive radio
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals

Definitions

  • the following description relates to a signal transmission method and apparatus for the same in a wireless communication system.
  • Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various kinds of communication services such as voice and data.
  • a wireless communication system is a multiple access system capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (bandwidth, transmission power, etc.).
  • multiple access systems include code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, frequency division multiple access (FDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) systems, and single carrier frequency (SC-FDMA).
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • MCD division multiple access
  • MCDMA multi-carrier frequency division multiple access
  • MC-FDMA multi-carrier frequency division multiple access
  • the present invention relates to a signal transmission method on an unlicensed band and an apparatus therefor.
  • a method for transmitting a signal on an unlicensed band by a base station in a wireless communication system when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available through carrier sensing, at least one of a preamble or a reserved signal Transmitting one or more; Transmitting a PDSCH on an unlicensed band immediately after transmission of at least one of the preamble or a reservation signal, wherein the preamble is for a terminal to obtain reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH.
  • a method for a terminal to receive a signal on an unlicensed band in a wireless communication system comprising: receiving at least one of a preamble or a reservation signal from a base station on the unlicensed band; And receiving a PDSCH on the unlicensed band, wherein the terminal acquires reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH through the preamble.
  • a third technical aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus in a wireless communication system, comprising: a transmission module; And a processor, wherein the processor transmits at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal when the unlicensed band is determined to be available through carrier sensing, and immediately after the transmission of at least one of the preamble or the reservation signal. Transmit the PDSCH on the band, wherein the preamble is a base station device for the terminal device to obtain the reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH.
  • a fourth technical aspect of the present invention is a terminal device in a wireless communication system, comprising: a receiving module; And a processor, wherein the processor is configured to receive at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal from a base station on the unlicensed band and receive a PDSCH on the unlicensed band, wherein the reservation signal or the PDSCH is received.
  • the first to fourth technical aspects of the present invention may include all of the following.
  • the preamble When the preamble is transmitted prior to the reservation signal, the preamble may include information indicating that transmission of the reservation signal is started.
  • the preamble When the preamble is transmitted after the reservation signal, the preamble may be transmitted at the subframe boundary of the licensed band used by the base station.
  • the reservation signal may not be transmitted.
  • Scheduling information of the PDSCH transmitted on the unlicensed band may be transmitted through a PDCCH transmitted on a licensed band used by the base station.
  • the preamble may further include identifier information of a terminal that receives the PDSCH.
  • the signal can be efficiently transmitted on the unlicensed band.
  • 1 is a diagram for explaining the structure of a radio frame.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a resource grid in a downlink slot.
  • 3 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a downlink subframe.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a structure of an uplink subframe.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a format in which PUCCH formats are mapped in an uplink physical resource block.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of determining a PUCCH resource for ACK / NACK.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a structure of an ACK / NACK channel in the case of a normal CP.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a CQI channel in the case of a normal CP.
  • 10 is a diagram for explaining a downlink reference signal.
  • 11 is a diagram for explaining a sounding reference signal.
  • 12 is a diagram for describing resource partitioning for a relay.
  • 13 is a diagram for describing carrier aggregation.
  • 15 is a diagram for describing a method of transmitting uplink control information through a PUSCH.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a multiplexing process of data and control information for uplink transmission.
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of an entire system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Embodiment 18 is a diagram for explaining PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • 19 to 21 are diagrams for explaining PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates PUSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates a case where OFDMA is applied to embodiments of the present invention.
  • 24 to 26 are diagrams for explaining preamble transmission in PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a view for explaining a carrier sensing unit that can be applied to embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 illustrates sharing of a carrier sensing result applicable to embodiments of the present invention.
  • 29 is a diagram showing the configuration of a base station apparatus and a terminal apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • each component or feature may be considered to be optional unless otherwise stated.
  • Each component or feature may be embodied in a form that is not combined with other components or features.
  • some components and / or features may be combined to form an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the order of the operations described in the embodiments of the present invention may be changed. Some components or features of one embodiment may be included in another embodiment or may be replaced with corresponding components or features of another embodiment.
  • the base station has a meaning as a terminal node of the network that directly communicates with the terminal.
  • the specific operation described as performed by the base station in this document may be performed by an upper node of the base station in some cases.
  • a 'base station (BS)' may be replaced by terms such as a fixed station, a Node B, an eNode B (eNB), an access point (AP), and the like.
  • Relay can be replaced by terms such as Relay Node (RN), Relay Station (RS).
  • terminal may be replaced with terms such as a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile subscriber station (MSS), a subscriber station (SS), and the like.
  • Embodiments of the present invention may be supported by standard documents disclosed in at least one of the wireless access systems IEEE 802 system, 3GPP system, 3GPP LTE and LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system and 3GPP2 system. That is, steps or parts which are not described to clearly reveal the technical spirit of the present invention among the embodiments of the present invention may be supported by the above documents. In addition, all terms disclosed in the present document can be described by the above standard document.
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • CDMA may be implemented with a radio technology such as Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA) or CDMA2000.
  • TDMA may be implemented with wireless technologies such as Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) / General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) / Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE).
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communications
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • EDGE Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution
  • OFDMA may be implemented in a wireless technology such as IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA).
  • UTRA is part of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS).
  • 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE) is part of an Evolved UMTS (E-UMTS) using E-UTRA, and employs OFDMA in downlink and SC-FDMA in uplink.
  • LTE-A Advanced
  • WiMAX can be described by the IEEE 802.16e standard (WirelessMAN-OFDMA Reference System) and the advanced IEEE 802.16m standard (WirelessMAN-OFDMA Advanced system). For clarity, the following description focuses on 3GPP LTE and 3GPP LTE-A systems, but the technical spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • one radio frame includes 10 subframes, and one subframe includes two slots in the time domain.
  • the time for transmitting one subframe is defined as a transmission time interval (TTI).
  • TTI transmission time interval
  • one subframe may have a length of 1 ms, and one slot may have a length of 0.5 ms.
  • One slot may include a plurality of OFDM symbols in the time domain. Since the 3GPP LTE system uses the OFDMA scheme in downlink, the OFDM symbol represents one symbol length. One symbol may be referred to as an SC-FDMA symbol or a symbol length in uplink.
  • a resource block (RB) is a resource allocation unit and includes a plurality of consecutive subcarriers in one slot.
  • the structure of such a radio frame is merely exemplary. Accordingly, the number of subframes included in one radio frame, the number of slots included in one subframe, or the number of OFDM symbols included in one slot may be changed in various ways.
  • Figure 1 (b) illustrates the structure of a type 2 radio frame.
  • Type 2 radio frames consist of two half frames. Each half frame consists of five subframes, a Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS), a Guard Period (GP), and an Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS), of which one subframe consists of two slots.
  • DwPTS is used for initial cell search, synchronization or channel estimation at the terminal.
  • UpPTS is used for channel estimation at the base station and synchronization of uplink transmission of the terminal.
  • the guard period is a period for removing interference generated in the uplink due to the multipath delay of the downlink signal between the uplink and the downlink.
  • the structure of the radio frame is merely an example, and the number of subframes included in the radio frame or the number of slots included in the subframe and the number of symbols included in the slot may be variously changed.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a resource grid in a downlink slot.
  • One downlink slot includes seven OFDM symbols in the time domain and one resource block (RB) is shown to include 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • one slot includes 7 OFDM symbols in the case of a general cyclic prefix (CP), but one slot may include 6 OFDM symbols in the case of an extended-CP (CP).
  • Each element on the resource grid is called a resource element.
  • One resource block includes 12 ⁇ 7 resource elements.
  • the number of NDLs of resource blocks included in a downlink slot depends on a downlink transmission bandwidth.
  • the structure of the uplink slot may be the same as the structure of the downlink slot.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a downlink subframe.
  • Up to three OFDM symbols at the front of the first slot in one subframe correspond to a control region to which a control channel is allocated.
  • the remaining OFDM symbols correspond to data regions to which a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) is allocated.
  • Downlink control channels used in the LTE system include, for example, a physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH), a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), a physical HARQ indicator channel (PCH).
  • PCFICH physical control format indicator channel
  • PDCH physical downlink control channel
  • PCH physical HARQ indicator channel
  • PHICH Physical Hybrid automatic repeat request Indicator Channel
  • the PCFICH is transmitted in the first OFDM symbol of a subframe and includes information on the number of OFDM symbols used for control channel transmission in the subframe.
  • the PHICH includes a HARQ ACK / NACK signal as a response of uplink transmission.
  • the PDCCH transmits downlink control information (DCI).
  • the DCI may include uplink or downlink scheduling information or include an uplink transmission power control command for an arbitrary terminal group according to a format.
  • DCI formats 0, 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, 3, 3A, and 4 are defined.
  • DCI formats 0, 1A, 3, and 3A are defined to have the same message size in order to reduce the number of blind decoding, which will be described later.
  • These DCI formats are i) DCI formats 0, 4, ii) DCI formats 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, used for downlink scheduling assignment depending on the purpose of the control information to be transmitted. 2A, 2B, 2C, and iii) DCI formats 3 and 3A for power control commands.
  • DCI format 0 used for uplink scheduling grant a carrier indicator necessary for carrier aggregation to be described later, an offset used to distinguish DCI formats 0 and 1A (flag for format 0 / format 1A differentiation), A frequency hopping flag indicating whether frequency hopping is used in uplink PUSCH transmission, information on resource block assignment, modulation and coding scheme to be used for PUSCH transmission, and a modulation and coding scheme. ), A new data indicator used to empty the buffer for initial transmission in relation to the HARQ process, a TPC command for scheduled for PUSCH, and a cycle for demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • DCI format 0 uses synchronous HARQ, it does not include a redundancy version like DCI formats related to downlink scheduling allocation. In the case of carrier offset, if cross carrier scheduling is not used, it is not included in the DCI format.
  • DCI format 4 is new in LTE-A Release 10 and is intended to support spatial multiplexing for uplink transmission in LTE-A.
  • the DCI format 4 further includes information for spatial multiplexing as compared to the DCI format 0, and thus has a larger message size, and further includes additional control information in the control information included in the DCI format 0. That is, the DCI format 4 further includes a modulation and coding scheme for the second transport block, precoding information for multi-antenna transmission, and sounding reference signal request (SRS request) information.
  • SRS request sounding reference signal request
  • DCI formats 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, and 2C related to downlink scheduling allocation do not significantly support spatial multiplexing, but 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 2, which support spatial multiplexing, It can be divided into 2A, 2B, and 2C.
  • DCI format 1C supports only frequency continuous allocation as a compact downlink allocation and does not include a carrier offset and a redundant version as compared to other formats.
  • DCI format 1A is a format for downlink scheduling and random access procedures. This includes an indicator indicating whether carrier offset, downlink distributed transmission is used, PDSCH resource allocation information, modulation and coding scheme, redundancy version, HARQ processor number to inform processor used for soft combining, HARQ
  • the process may include a new data offset used to empty the buffer for initial transmission, a transmit power control command for PUCCH, and an uplink index required for TDD operation.
  • DCI format 1 In the case of DCI format 1, most of the control information is similar to DCI format 1A. However, compared to DCI format 1A related to continuous resource allocation, DCI format 1 supports non-contiguous resource allocation. Therefore, DCI format 1 further includes a resource allocation header, so that control signaling overhead is somewhat increased as a trade-off of increasing flexibility of resource allocation.
  • DCI formats 1B and 1D are common in that precoding information is further included as compared with DCI format 1.
  • DCI format 1B includes PMI verification and DCI format 1D includes downlink power offset information.
  • the control information included in the DCI formats 1B and 1D is mostly identical to that of the DCI format 1A.
  • the DCI formats 2, 2A, 2B, and 2C basically include most of the control information included in the DCI format 1A, and further include information for spatial multiplexing. This includes the modulation and coding scheme, the new data offset, and the redundancy version for the second transport block.
  • DCI format 2 supports closed-loop spatial multiplexing, while 2A supports open-loop spatial multiplexing. Both contain precoding information.
  • DCI format 2B supports dual layer spatial multiplexing combined with beamforming and further includes cyclic shift information for DMRS.
  • DCI format 2C can be understood as an extension of DCI format 2B and supports public multiplexing up to eight layers.
  • DCI formats 3 and 3A may be used to supplement transmission power control information included in DCI formats for uplink scheduling grant and downlink scheduling assignment, that is, to support semi-persistent scheduling. .
  • DCI format 3 1 bit per terminal and 2 bit in 3A are used.
  • Any one of the above-described DCI formats may be transmitted through one PDCCH, and a plurality of PDCCHs may be transmitted in a control region.
  • the terminal may monitor the plurality of PDCCHs.
  • a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) is attached to the DCI, and in this process, a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) is masked.
  • the RNTI may use different RNTIs according to the purpose of transmitting the DCI.
  • the P-RNTI is used for a paging message related to network initiated connection establishment
  • the RA-RNTI is used for random access
  • the SI-RNTI is used for a system information block (SIB). Can be.
  • SIB system information block
  • C-RNTI which is a unique terminal identifier, may be used.
  • DCI with CRC is coded with a predetermined code and then adjusted to the amount of resources used for transmission through rate-matching.
  • a control channel element which is a continuous logical allocation unit
  • the CCE is composed of 36 REs, which corresponds to 9 units in a resource element group (REG).
  • the number of CCEs required for a specific PDCCH depends on the DCI payload, cell bandwidth, channel coding rate, etc., which are the size of control information. In more detail, the number of CCEs for a specific PDCCH may be defined according to the PDCCH format as shown in Table 1 below.
  • the transmitter may use the PDCCH format 0 and then adaptively use the PDCCH format by changing the PDCCH format to 2 when the channel condition worsens. have.
  • the PDCCH may use any one of four formats, which is not known to the UE. Therefore, the UE needs to decode without knowing the PDCCH format, which is called blind decoding. However, since it is a heavy burden for the UE to decode all possible CCEs used for downlink for each PDCCH format, a search space is defined in consideration of the scheduler limitation and the number of decoding attempts.
  • the search space is a set of candidate PDCCHs consisting of CCEs that the UE should attempt to decode on an aggregation level.
  • the aggregation level and the number of PDCCH candidates may be defined as shown in Table 2 below.
  • the terminal since four aggregation levels exist, the terminal has a plurality of search spaces according to each aggregation level.
  • the search space may be divided into a terminal specific search space and a common search space.
  • the UE-specific discovery space is for specific UEs, and each UE monitors the UE-specific discovery space (attempting to decode a PDCCH candidate set according to a possible DCI format) to check the RNTI and CRC masked on the PDCCH. Control information can be obtained.
  • the common search space is for a case where a plurality of terminals or all terminals need to receive the PDCCH, such as dynamic scheduling or paging message for system information.
  • the common search space may be used for a specific terminal for resource management.
  • the common search space may overlap with the terminal specific search space.
  • the uplink subframe may be divided into a control region and a data region in the frequency domain.
  • a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) including uplink control information is allocated to the control region.
  • a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) including user data is allocated.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • one UE does not simultaneously transmit a PUCCH and a PUSCH.
  • PUCCH for one UE is allocated to an RB pair in a subframe. Resource blocks belonging to a resource block pair occupy different subcarriers for two slots. This is called a resource block pair allocated to the PUCCH is frequency-hopped at the slot boundary.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the uplink control information (UCI) transmitted through the PUCCH may include a scheduling request (SR), HARQ ACK / NACK information, and downlink channel measurement information.
  • SR scheduling request
  • HARQ ACK / NACK information HARQ ACK / NACK information
  • HARQ ACK / NACK information may be generated according to whether the decoding of the downlink data packet on the PDSCH is successful.
  • one bit is transmitted as ACK / NACK information for downlink single codeword transmission, and two bits are transmitted as ACK / NACK information for downlink 2 codeword transmission.
  • the channel measurement information refers to feedback information related to a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) scheme, and includes channel quality indicator (CQI), precoding matrix index (PMI), and rank indicator (Rank). Indicator (RI). These channel measurement information may be collectively expressed as CQI. 20 bits per subframe may be used for transmission of the CQI.
  • PUCCH may be modulated using Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) and Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK).
  • Control information of a plurality of terminals may be transmitted through the PUCCH, and a constant amplitude zero autocorrelation (CAZAC) sequence having a length of 12 when code division multiplexing (CDM) is performed to distinguish signals of the terminals Mainly used. Since the CAZAC sequence has a characteristic of maintaining a constant amplitude in the time domain and the frequency domain, the coverage is reduced by reducing the Peak-to-Average Power Ratio (PAPR) or the Cubic Metric (CM) of the UE. It has a suitable property to increase.
  • PAPR Peak-to-Average Power Ratio
  • CM Cubic Metric
  • ACK / NACK information for downlink data transmission transmitted through the PUCCH is covered using an orthogonal sequence or an orthogonal cover (OC).
  • control information transmitted on the PUCCH can be distinguished using a cyclically shifted sequence having different cyclic shift (CS) values.
  • the cyclically shifted sequence may be generated by cyclically shifting a base sequence by a specific cyclic shift amount.
  • the specific CS amount is indicated by the cyclic shift index (CS index).
  • the number of cyclic shifts available may vary depending on the delay spread of the channel.
  • Various kinds of sequences may be used as the base sequence, and the above-described CAZAC sequence is one example.
  • the amount of control information that the UE can transmit in one subframe is based on the number of SC-FDMA symbols available for transmission of control information (ie, RS transmission for coherent detection of PUCCH). SC-FDMA symbols except for the SC-FDMA symbol used).
  • PUCCH format 1 is used for single transmission of SR.
  • an unmodulated waveform is applied, which will be described later in detail.
  • PUCCH format 1a or 1b is used for transmission of HARQ ACK / NACK.
  • PUCCH format 1a or 1b may be used.
  • HARQ ACK / NACK and SR may be transmitted in the same subframe using PUCCH format 1a or 1b.
  • PUCCH format 2 is used for transmission of CQI, and PUCCH format 2a or 2b is used for transmission of CQI and HARQ ACK / NACK. In the case of an extended CP, PUCCH format 2 may be used for transmission of CQI and HARQ ACK / NACK.
  • Number of PUCCH RBs available by PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b ) May be indicated to terminals in a cell by broadcasting signaling.
  • the UE allocates PUCCH resources for transmission of uplink link control information (UCI) from the base station (BS) by an explicit method or an implicit method through higher layer signaling.
  • UCI uplink link control information
  • a plurality of PUCCH resource candidates may be configured by a higher layer for the UE, and which PUCCH resource is used, may be determined in an implicit manner.
  • the UE may transmit an ACK / NACK for the corresponding data unit through a PUCCH resource that is implicitly determined by the PDCCH resource that receives the PDSCH from the BS and carries scheduling information for the PDSCH.
  • FIG. 6 shows an example of determining a PUCCH resource for ACK / NACK.
  • the PUCCH resources for ACK / NACK are not pre-allocated to each UE, and a plurality of PUCCH resources are divided and used every time by a plurality of UEs in a cell.
  • the PUCCH resource used by the UE to transmit ACK / NACK is determined in an implicit manner based on the PDCCH carrying scheduling information for the PDSCH carrying the corresponding downlink data.
  • the entire region in which the PDCCH is transmitted in each DL subframe consists of a plurality of control channel elements (CCEs), and the PDCCH transmitted to the UE consists of one or more CCEs.
  • the CCE includes a plurality (eg, nine) Resource Element Groups (REGs).
  • One REG is composed of four neighboring REs in the state excluding a reference signal (RS).
  • the UE uses an implicit PUCCH resource derived or calculated by a function of a specific CCE index (eg, the first or lowest CCE index) among the indexes of CCEs constituting the PDCCH received by the UE.
  • Send ACK / NACK is a specific CCE index (eg, the first or lowest CCE index) among the indexes of CCEs constituting the PDCCH received by the UE.
  • each PUCCH resource index corresponds to a PUCCH resource for ACK / NACK.
  • the UE derives or calculates the index from the 4th CCE, which is the lowest CCE constituting the PDCCH.
  • the ACK / NACK is transmitted to the BS through the PUCCH, for example, the 4th PUCCH.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a case in which up to M ′ CCEs exist in a DL and up to M PUCCHs exist in a UL.
  • M ' may be M, but M' and M may be designed differently, and mapping of CCE and PUCCH resources may overlap.
  • the PUCCH resource index may be determined as follows.
  • n (1) PUCCH represents a PUCCH resource index for ACK / NACK transmission
  • N (1) PUCCH represents a signaling value received from an upper layer.
  • nCCE may indicate the smallest value among the CCE indexes used for PDCCH transmission. Looking at the PUCCH in more detail as follows.
  • the PUCCH formats 1a and 1b will be described first.
  • a symbol modulated using a BPSK or QPSK modulation scheme is multiply multiplied by a CAZAC sequence having a length of 12.
  • the y (0), ..., y (N-1) symbols may be referred to as a block of symbols.
  • a Hadamard sequence of length 4 is used for general ACK / NACK information, and a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) sequence of length 3 is used for shortened ACK / NACK information and a reference signal.
  • a Hadamard sequence of length 2 is used for the reference signal in the case of an extended CP.
  • FIG. 7 shows a structure of an ACK / NACK channel in case of a normal CP.
  • 7 exemplarily shows a PUCCH channel structure for HARQ ACK / NACK transmission without CQI.
  • a reference signal RS is carried on three consecutive SC-FDMA symbols in the middle of seven SC-FDMA symbols included in one slot, and an ACK / NACK signal is carried on the remaining four SC-FDMA symbols.
  • RS may be carried on two consecutive symbols in the middle.
  • the number and position of symbols used for the RS may vary depending on the control channel, and the number and position of symbols used for the ACK / NACK signal associated therewith may also be changed accordingly.
  • 1 bit and 2 bit acknowledgment information may be represented by one HARQ ACK / NACK modulation symbol using BPSK and QPSK modulation techniques, respectively.
  • the acknowledgment (ACK) may be encoded as '1'
  • the negative acknowledgment (NACK) may be encoded as '0'.
  • two-dimensional spreading is applied to increase the multiplexing capacity. That is, frequency domain spreading and time domain spreading are simultaneously applied to increase the number of terminals or control channels that can be multiplexed.
  • a frequency domain sequence is used as the base sequence.
  • a Zadoff-Chu (ZC) sequence which is one of the CAZAC sequences, may be used.
  • ZC sequence different cyclic shifts (CS) are applied to a ZC sequence, which is a basic sequence, so that multiplexing of different terminals or different control channels may be applied.
  • the number of CS resources supported in an SC-FDMA symbol for PUCCH RBs for HARQ ACK / NACK transmission is determined by a cell-specific higher-layer signaling parameter ( ), ⁇ ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ represents 12, 6 or 4 shift, respectively.
  • the frequency domain spread ACK / NACK signal is spread in the time domain using an orthogonal spreading code.
  • an orthogonal spreading code a Walsh-Hadamard sequence or a DFT sequence may be used.
  • the ACK / NACK signal may be spread using orthogonal sequences w0, w1, w2, and w3 of length 4 for four symbols.
  • RS is also spread through an orthogonal sequence of length 3 or length 2. This is called orthogonal covering (OC).
  • a plurality of terminals may be multiplexed using a Code Division Multiplex (CDM) scheme using the CS resource in the frequency domain and the OC resource in the time domain as described above. That is, ACK / NACK information and RS of a large number of terminals may be multiplexed on the same PUCCH RB.
  • CDM Code Division Multiplex
  • the number of spreading codes supported for ACK / NACK information is limited by the number of RS symbols. That is, since the number of RS transmission SC-FDMA symbols is smaller than the number of ACK / NACK information transmission SC-FDMA symbols, the multiplexing capacity of the RS is smaller than that of the ACK / NACK information.
  • ACK / NACK information may be transmitted in four symbols.
  • three orthogonal spreading codes are used instead of four, which means that the number of RS transmission symbols is three. This is because only three orthogonal spreading codes can be used for the RS.
  • Tables 3 and 4 Examples of orthogonal sequences used for spreading ACK / NACK information are shown in Tables 3 and 4.
  • Table 3 shows the sequences for length 4 symbols and Table 4 shows the sequences for length 3 symbols.
  • the sequence for the length 4 symbol is used in the PUCCH format 1 / 1a / 1b of the general subframe configuration. In the subframe configuration, a sequence of 4 symbols in length is applied in the first slot and 3 symbols in length in the second slot, taking into account a case in which a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) is transmitted in the last symbol of the second slot.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the shortened PUCCH format 1 / 1a / 1b of the sequence may be applied.
  • HARQ acknowledgments from a total of 18 different terminals can be multiplexed within one PUCCH RB.
  • HARQ acknowledgments from a total of 12 different terminals can be multiplexed within one PUCCH RB.
  • the scheduling request SR is transmitted in such a manner that the terminal requests or does not request to be scheduled.
  • the SR channel reuses the ACK / NACK channel structure in PUCCH formats 1a / 1b and is configured in an OOK (On-Off Keying) scheme based on the ACK / NACK channel design. Reference signals are not transmitted in the SR channel. Therefore, a sequence of length 7 is used for a general CP, and a sequence of length 6 is used for an extended CP. Different cyclic shifts or orthogonal covers may be assigned for SR and ACK / NACK. That is, for positive SR transmission, the UE transmits HARQ ACK / NACK through resources allocated for SR. In order to transmit a negative SR, the UE transmits HARQ ACK / NACK through a resource allocated for ACK / NACK.
  • PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b is a control channel for transmitting channel measurement feedback (CQI, PMI, RI).
  • the reporting period of the channel measurement feedback (hereinafter, collectively referred to as CQI information) and the frequency unit (or frequency resolution) to be measured may be controlled by the base station.
  • CQI information channel measurement feedback
  • the frequency unit (or frequency resolution) to be measured may be controlled by the base station.
  • Periodic and aperiodic CQI reporting can be supported in the time domain.
  • PUCCH format 2 may be used only for periodic reporting and PUSCH may be used for aperiodic reporting.
  • the base station may instruct the terminal to transmit an individual CQI report on a resource scheduled for uplink data transmission.
  • SC-FDMA symbol 8 shows a structure of a CQI channel in the case of a normal CP.
  • SC-FDMA symbols 0 to 6 of one slot SC-FDMA symbols 1 and 5 (second and sixth symbols) are used for demodulation reference signal (DMRS) transmission, and CQI in the remaining SC-FDMA symbols.
  • Information can be transmitted.
  • SC-FDMA symbol 3 SC-FDMA symbol 3 is used for DMRS transmission.
  • DMRS Reference signal
  • CQI information is carried on the remaining five SC-FDMA symbols.
  • Two RSs are used in one slot to support a high speed terminal.
  • each terminal is distinguished using a cyclic shift (CS) sequence.
  • the CQI information symbols are modulated and transmitted throughout the SC-FDMA symbol, and the SC-FDMA symbol is composed of one sequence. That is, the terminal modulates and transmits the CQI in each sequence.
  • the number of symbols that can be transmitted in one TTI is 10, and modulation of CQI information is determined up to QPSK.
  • QPSK mapping is used for an SC-FDMA symbol, a 2-bit CQI value may be carried, and thus a 10-bit CQI value may be loaded in one slot. Therefore, a CQI value of up to 20 bits can be loaded in one subframe.
  • a frequency domain spread code is used to spread the CQI information in the frequency domain.
  • a length-12 CAZAC sequence (eg, a ZC sequence) may be used.
  • Each control channel may be distinguished by applying a CAZAC sequence having a different cyclic shift value.
  • IFFT is performed on the frequency domain spread CQI information.
  • UE is a PUCCH resource index ( May be semi-statically configured by higher layer signaling to periodically report different CQI, PMI, and RI types on the PUCCH resource indicated by h).
  • PUCCH resource index ( ) Is information indicating a PUCCH region used for PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b transmission and a cyclic shift (CS) value to be used.
  • the e-PUCCH may correspond to PUCCH format 3 of the LTE-A system.
  • Block spreading can be applied to ACK / NACK transmission using PUCCH format 3.
  • the block spreading scheme modulates control signal transmission using the SC-FDMA scheme.
  • a symbol sequence may be spread and transmitted on a time domain using an orthogonal cover code (OCC).
  • OCC orthogonal cover code
  • one symbol sequence is transmitted over a time domain and control signals of a plurality of terminals are multiplexed using a cyclic shift (CS) of a CAZAC sequence
  • a block spread based PUCCH format for example, In the case of PUCCH format 3
  • one symbol sequence is transmitted over a frequency domain, and control signals of a plurality of terminals are multiplexed using time-domain spreading using OCC.
  • SC-FDMA symbols i.e., data portions
  • SF spreading factor
  • An example of transmission is shown.
  • three RS symbols ie, RS portions
  • two RS symbols may be used for one slot.
  • an RS symbol may be generated from a CAZAC sequence to which a specific cyclic shift value is applied, and may be transmitted in a form in which a predetermined OCC is applied (or multiplied) over a plurality of RS symbols.
  • control information having an extended size can be transmitted as compared to the PUCCH format 1 series and 2 series.
  • the transmitted packet is transmitted through a wireless channel
  • signal distortion may occur during transmission.
  • the distortion In order to correctly receive the distorted signal at the receiving end, the distortion must be corrected in the received signal using the channel information.
  • a method of transmitting the signal known to both the transmitting side and the receiving side, and finding the channel information with the distortion degree when the signal is received through the channel is mainly used.
  • the signal is called a pilot signal or a reference signal.
  • the downlink reference signal includes a common reference signal (CRS) shared by all terminals in a cell and a dedicated reference signal (DRS) only for a specific terminal.
  • CRS common reference signal
  • DRS dedicated reference signal
  • the receiver estimates the state of the channel from the CRS and feeds back indicators related to channel quality such as channel quality indicator (CQI), precoding matrix index (PMI), and / or rank indicator (RI) to the transmitter (base station). can do.
  • CQI channel quality indicator
  • PMI precoding matrix index
  • RI rank indicator
  • the CRS may be called a cell-specific reference signal.
  • RS related to feedback of Channel State Information (CSI) such as CQI / PMI / RI may be separately defined as CSI-RS.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information
  • the DRS may be transmitted through the corresponding RE.
  • the UE may be instructed as to whether DRS is present from a higher layer and may be instructed that the DRS is valid only when the corresponding PDSCH is mapped.
  • the DRS may also be called a UE-specific reference signal or a demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a pattern in which CRSs and DRSs defined in an existing 3GPP LTE system (eg, Release-8) are mapped onto a downlink resource block pair (RB pair).
  • a downlink resource block pair as a unit to which a reference signal is mapped may be expressed in units of 12 subcarriers in one subframe ⁇ frequency in time. That is, one resource block pair has 14 OFDM symbol lengths in the case of a general CP (Fig. 10 (a)) and 12 OFDM symbol lengths in the case of an extended CP (Fig. 10 (b)).
  • FIG. 10 shows a position on a resource block pair of a reference signal in a system in which a base station supports four transmit antennas.
  • resource elements RE denoted by '0', '1', '2' and '3' indicate positions of CRSs for antenna port indexes 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
  • the resource element denoted as 'D' in FIG. 10 indicates the position of the DRS.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the sounding reference signal is mainly used for frequency-selective scheduling on uplink by a base station measuring channel quality and is not associated with uplink data and / or control information transmission. Do not.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto, and the SRS may be used for the purpose of improved power control or for supporting various start-up functions of terminals not recently scheduled.
  • the start function may include, for example, an initial modulation and coding scheme (MCS), initial power control for data transmission, timing advance and frequency anti-selective scheduling (in the first slot of a subframe).
  • MCS initial modulation and coding scheme
  • Frequency resources are selectively allocated and may include pseudo-random hopping to other frequencies in the second slot).
  • the SRS may be used for downlink channel quality measurement under the assumption that the radio channel is reciprocal between uplink and downlink. This assumption is particularly valid in time division duplex (TDD) systems where uplink and downlink share the same frequency band and are distinguished in the time domain.
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the subframe in which the SRS is transmitted by any terminal in the cell is indicated by cell-specific broadcast signaling.
  • the 4-bit cell-specific 'SrsSubframeConfiguration' parameter represents 15 possible configurations of subframes in which an SRS can be transmitted within each radio frame. This configuration can provide flexibility to adjust SRS overhead according to network deployment scenarios.
  • the configuration of the other (16th) of the parameter is to switch off the SRS transmission in the cell completely, for example, may be suitable for a cell serving mainly high speed terminals.
  • the SRS is always transmitted on the last SC-FDMA symbol of the configured subframe. Therefore, the SRS and the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) are located on different SC-FDMA symbols. PUSCH data transmissions are not allowed on the SC-FDMA symbols designated for SRS transmissions, and therefore do not exceed approximately 7% even when the sounding overhead is highest (that is, when there is an SRS transmission symbol in every subframe). .
  • Each SRS symbol is generated by a base sequence (random sequence or Zadoff-Chu-based sequence set) for a given time unit and frequency band, and all terminals in a cell use the same base sequence.
  • SRS transmissions from a plurality of terminals in a cell in the same time unit and the same frequency band are orthogonally distinguished by different cyclic shifts of a basic sequence allocated to the plurality of terminals.
  • SRS sequences of different cells can be distinguished by assigning different base sequences from cell to cell, but orthogonality between different base sequences is not guaranteed.
  • the relay facilitates the service by extending the service area of the base station or installing in a shaded area.
  • the terminal communicates with the base station or the relay.
  • a terminal that communicates with a base station is referred to as a macro UE, and a terminal that communicates with a relay is referred to as a relay UE.
  • the communication link between the base station and the macro terminal is referred to as a macro access link, and the communication link between the relay and the relay terminal is referred to as a relay access link.
  • the communication link between the base station and the relay is referred to as a backhaul link.
  • Relays may be divided into L1 (layer 1) relays, L2 (layer 2) relays, and L3 (layer 3) relays according to how much they perform in multi hop transmission.
  • the relay is an in-band connection in which the network-relay link and the network-terminal link share the same frequency band in the donor cell according to the network link, and the network-relay link in the donor cell.
  • network-terminal links may be divided into out-band connections using different frequency bands.
  • the terminal may be divided into a transparent relay whose terminal does not know whether it is communicating through a relay and a non-transparent relay which knows whether the terminal communicates through the relay. have.
  • relays are fixed relays that can be used to increase shadow area or cell coverage, nomadic relays that can be temporarily installed or moved randomly when users suddenly increase, or public transportation such as buses or trains. It can be divided into a mobile relay that can be mounted on.
  • the base station-relay link (ie, backhaul link) operates in the same frequency band as the relay-end link (ie, relay access link).
  • the relay transmitter and receiver cause interference with each other, so that the relay can simultaneously transmit and receive.
  • the backhaul link and the relay access link are partitioned in a TDM manner.
  • LTE-A configures a backhaul link in an MBSFN subframe to support measurement operation of a legacy LTE terminal existing in a relay zone (fake MBSFN method). If any subframe is signaled to the MBSFN subframe, the terminal receives only the control region (ctrl) of the corresponding subframe, and thus the relay may configure the backhaul link using the data region of the corresponding subframe.
  • a cell may be understood as a combination of downlink resources and uplink resources.
  • the uplink resource is not an essential element, and thus, the cell may be composed of only the downlink resource or the downlink resource and the uplink resource. However, this is the definition in the current LTE-A Release 10 and vice versa, that is, the cell may be made up of uplink resources alone.
  • the downlink resource may be referred to as a downlink component carrier (DL CC) and the uplink resource may be referred to as an uplink component carrier (UL CC).
  • the DL CC and the UL CC may be represented by a carrier frequency, and the carrier frequency means a center frequency in a corresponding cell.
  • a cell may be classified into a primary cell (PCell) operating at a primary frequency and a secondary cell (SCell) operating at a secondary frequency.
  • PCell and SCell may be collectively referred to as a serving cell.
  • the terminal may perform an initial connection establishment (initial connection establishment) process, or the cell indicated in the connection reset process or handover process may be a PCell. That is, the PCell may be understood as a cell that is the center of control in a carrier aggregation environment to be described later.
  • the UE may receive and transmit a PUCCH in its PCell.
  • the SCell is configurable after the Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection is established and can be used to provide additional radio resources.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the remaining serving cells except the PCell may be viewed as SCells.
  • the UE In the RRC_CONNECTED state, but the UE is not configured carrier aggregation or does not support carrier aggregation, there is only one serving cell consisting of a PCell.
  • the network may configure one or more SCells in addition to the PCell initially configured in the connection establishment process.
  • Carrier aggregation is a technology introduced to use a wider band in order to meet the demand for high speed data rates.
  • Carrier aggregation may be defined as an aggregation of two or more component carriers (CCs) having different carrier frequencies.
  • FIG. 13A illustrates a subframe when one CC is used in an existing LTE system
  • FIG. 13B illustrates a subframe when carrier aggregation is used.
  • three CCs of 20 MHz are used to support a total bandwidth of 60 MHz.
  • each CC may be continuous or may be non-continuous.
  • the terminal may simultaneously receive and monitor downlink data through a plurality of DL CCs.
  • the linkage between each DL CC and UL CC may be indicated by system information.
  • the DL CC / UL CC link may be fixed in the system or configured semi-statically.
  • the frequency band that a specific UE can monitor / receive may be limited to M ( ⁇ N) CCs.
  • Various parameters for carrier aggregation may be set in a cell-specific, UE group-specific, or UE-specific manner.
  • Cross-carrier scheduling means, for example, including all downlink scheduling allocation information of another DL CC in a control region of one DL CC among a plurality of serving cells, or a DL CC of any one of a plurality of serving cells. This means that the control region includes all uplink scheduling grant information for the plurality of UL CCs linked with the DL CC.
  • the CIF may be included or not included in the DCI format transmitted through the PDCCH, and when included, it indicates that the cross carrier scheduling is applied.
  • cross carrier scheduling is not applied, downlink scheduling allocation information is valid on a DL CC through which current downlink scheduling allocation information is transmitted.
  • the uplink scheduling grant is also valid for one UL CC linked with the DL CC through which the downlink scheduling assignment information is transmitted.
  • the CIF indicates a CC related to downlink scheduling allocation information transmitted through a PDCCH in one DL CC.
  • downlink allocation information about DL CC B and DL CC C that is, information about PDSCH resources, is transmitted through a PDCCH in a control region on DL CC A.
  • the UE monitors the DL CC A to know the resource region of the PDSCH and the corresponding CC through the CIF.
  • CIF is included or not included in the PDCCH may be set semi-statically and may be UE-specific activated by higher layer signaling.
  • the PDCCH on a particular DL CC may allocate PDSCH resources on that same DL CC and allocate PUSCH resources on a UL CC linked to the particular DL CC.
  • the same coding scheme, CCE-based resource mapping, DCI format, and the like as the existing PDCCH structure may be applied.
  • the PDCCH on a specific DL CC may allocate PDSCH / PUSCH resources on one DL / UL CC indicated by the CIF among a plurality of merged CCs.
  • the CIF may be additionally defined in the existing PDCCH DCI format, may be defined as a fixed 3-bit field, or the CIF position may be fixed regardless of the DCI format size.
  • the same coding scheme, CCE-based resource mapping, DCI format, and the like as the existing PDCCH structure may be applied.
  • the base station can allocate a set of DL CC to monitor the PDCCH. Accordingly, the burden of blind decoding of the terminal can be reduced.
  • the PDCCH monitoring CC set is a part of the total merged DL CCs and the UE may perform detection / decoding of the PDCCH only in the corresponding CC set. That is, in order to schedule PDSCH / PUSCH for the UE, the base station may transmit the PDCCH only on the PDCCH monitoring CC set.
  • the PDCCH monitoring DL CC set may be configured as UE-specific or UE group-specific or cell-specific. For example, when three DL CCs are merged as in the example of FIG.
  • DL CC A may be set to the PDCCH monitoring DL CC.
  • the PDCCH on each DL CC may only schedule PDSCH in DL CC A.
  • the PDCCH on DL CC A may schedule not only DL CC A but also PDSCH on another DL CC.
  • PDSCCH is not transmitted to DL CC B and DL CC C.
  • the UE may receive a plurality of PDSCHs through a plurality of downlink carriers, in which case, the UE performs ACK / NACK for each data in one subframe.
  • the UE performs ACK / NACK for each data in one subframe.
  • the PUCCH format 1a / 1b high transmission power is required, the PAPR of the uplink transmission is increased and the base station of the terminal due to inefficient use of the transmission power amplifier The transmittable distance from can be reduced.
  • ACK / NACK bundling or ACK / NACK multiplexing may be applied.
  • ACK / NACK information for a large number of downlink data and / or a large number of downlink data transmitted in a plurality of DL subframes in a TDD system according to carrier aggregation is transmitted through a PUCCH in one subframe. Cases may arise. In this case, if the number of ACK / NACK bits to be transmitted is larger than the number that can be supported by ACK / NACK bundling or multiplexing, the above methods cannot correctly transmit ACK / NACK information.
  • the contents of the ACK / NACK response for a plurality of data units are in combination with one of the ACK / NACK unit and QPSK modulated symbols used in the actual ACK / NACK transmission. Can be identified. For example, it is assumed that one ACK / NACK unit carries two bits of information, and that a maximum of two data units are received. Here, it is assumed that the HARQ acknowledgment for each received data unit is represented by one ACK / NACK bit. In this case, the transmitting end that has transmitted the data can identify the ACK / NACK result as shown in Table 6 below.
  • HARQ-ACK (0), HARQ-ACK (0) b (0), b (1) ACK, ACK 1,1 ACK, NACK / DTX 0,1 NACK / DTX, ACK 0,0 NACK / DTX, NACK 1,0 NACK, DTX 1,0 DTX, DTX N / A N / A
  • DTX Discontinuous Transmission
  • the receiving end is an ACK / NACK unit.
  • the decoding (or detection) of the first data unit ie, data unit 0 corresponding to HARQ-ACK (0)
  • the second data unit ie, If the decoding of the data unit 1 corresponding to the HARQ-ACK 1 is successful (i.e., in the case of NACK / DTX and ACK of Table 6 above), the receiving end is an ACK / NACK unit. To transmit two bits (0,0).
  • / NACK information can be transmitted.
  • NACK and DTX may not be distinguished (that is, represented as NACK / DTX in Table 6 above). NACK and DTX may be coupled). This is because all ACK / NACK states (that is, ACK / NACK hypotheses) that can occur when NACK and DTX are to be expressed separately can be reflected by a combination of an ACK / NACK unit and a QPSK modulated symbol. Because there is not.
  • no ACK exists for all data units i.e., only NACK or DTX exists for all data units
  • only one of the HARQ-ACK (i) is definitely NACK (i.e. distinguished from DTX).
  • One certain NACK case may be defined. In this case, the ACK / NACK unit corresponding to the data unit corresponding to one certain NACK may be reserved for transmitting signals of a plurality of ACK / NACKs.
  • SPS Semi-persistent scheduling
  • SPS DL / UL semi-persistent scheduling
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Activation and release are performed through the PDCCH. That is, even if the UE receives the SPS through RRC signaling, the UE does not immediately perform the SPS TX / RX but receives the PDCCH indicating activation (or reactivation) (that is, when the SPS C-RNTI detects the detected PDCCH). As a result, the SPS operation is performed.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the SPS activation PDCCH when the SPS activation PDCCH is received, the frequency resource according to the RB allocation designated in the PDCCH is allocated, the modulation and coding rate according to the MCS information is applied, and TX / RX is performed with the subframe period and offset allocated by the RRC signaling. You can start doing it. Meanwhile, upon receiving the PDCCH indicating the release of the SPS, the UE stops TX / RX. When the suspended SPS TX / RX receives a PDCCH indicating activation (or reactivation), the SPS TX / RX may resume TX / RX again with the subframe period and offset allocated by RRC signaling according to the RB allocation, MCS, etc. specified in the PDCCH. have.
  • PDCCH format defined in 3GPP LTE currently defines various formats such as DCI format 0 for uplink and DCI formats 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 3, and 3A for downlink. Hopping flag, RB allocation, modulation coding scheme (MCS), redundancy version (RV), new data indicator (NDI), transmit power control (TPC), cyclic shift demodulation reference signal (DMRS), UL index, CQI ( Control information such as channel quality information) request, DL assignment index, HARQ process number, transmitted precoding matrix indicator (TPMI), and precoding matrix indicator (PMI) confirmation are transmitted in a selected combination.
  • MCS modulation coding scheme
  • RV redundancy version
  • NDI new data indicator
  • TPC transmit power control
  • DMRS cyclic shift demodulation reference signal
  • UL index CQI ( Control information such as channel quality information) request, DL assignment index, HARQ process number, transmitted precoding matrix indicator (TPMI), and precoding matrix indicator (PMI
  • the combination of bit fields is set to 0 and used as a virtual CRC as shown in Table 7 below.
  • DCI format 0 DCI format 1 / 1A DCI format 2 / 2A / 2B TPC command for scheduled PUSCH set to '00' N / A N / A Cyclic shift DMRS set to '000' N / A N / A Modulation and coding scheme and redundancy version MSB is set to '0' N / A N / A HARQ process number N / A FDD: set to '000' FDD: set to '000' Modulation and coding scheme N / A MSB is set to '0'
  • MSB is set to '0'
  • MSB is set to '00'
  • the virtual CRC checks whether or not the corresponding bit field value is a promised value when an error that cannot be checked by the CRC has additional error detection capability. If an error occurs in the DCI assigned to another UE, but a specific UE does not detect the error and misrecognizes it as its own SPS activation, one error causes a continuous problem because the resource is continuously used. Therefore, the use of virtual CRC prevents false detection of SPS.
  • Table 8 DCI format 0 DCI format 1A TPC command for scheduled PUSCH set to '00' N / A Cyclic shift DMRS set to '000' N / A Modulation and coding scheme and redundancy version set to '11111' N / A Resource block assignment and hopping resource allocation Set to all '1's N / A HARQ process number N / A FDD: set to '000' Modulation and coding scheme N / A set to '11111' Redundancy version N / A set to '00' Resource block assignment N / A set to all'1's
  • CM cubic metric
  • uplink control information (UCI) information to be transmitted on the PUCCH is transmitted together with the data through the PUSCH in order to maintain a single carrier characteristic.
  • the UCI (CQI / PMI, HARQ-ACK, RI, etc.) is multiplexed in the PUSCH region in the subframe in which the PUSCH is transmitted.
  • control information and data may be transmitted by multiplexing UL-SCH data and CQI / PMI before DFT-spreading.
  • UL-SCH data performs rate-matching in consideration of CQI / PMI resources.
  • control information such as HARQ ACK and RI may be multiplexed in the PUSCH region by puncturing UL-SCH data.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a multiplexing process of data and control information for uplink transmission.
  • data information multiplexed together with the control information is transmitted to the transport block (hereinafter referred to as "TB") (a0, a1, ..., aA-1) to be transmitted in the uplink.
  • TB transport block
  • CBs code blocks
  • Channel coding is performed on this result.
  • combining between CBs is performed again, and the combined CBs are then multiplexed with a control signal.
  • channel encoding is performed on the CQI / PMI (o0, o1, ..., oo-1) separately from the data.
  • Channel coded CQI / PMI is multiplexed with data.
  • the CQI / PMI information and the multiplexed data are input to the channel interleaver.
  • rank coding ([o0RI] or [o0RI o1RI]) is performed with channel coding separately from the data (S511).
  • the channel-coded rank information is inserted into a part of the interleaved signal through a process such as puncturing.
  • channel encoding is performed separately from data, CQI / PMI, and rank information.
  • the channel-coded ACK / NACK information is inserted into a part of the interleaved signal through a process such as puncturing.
  • the current LTE / LTE-A system uses a time-frequency resource of a licensed band.
  • the number of communication terminals was not large, and even though a specific operator exclusively used the licensed band, frequency resources were sufficient.
  • the PDSCH and the licensed exempt band may be used. Methods for transmitting the PUSCH are described.
  • a system using two cells is assumed. It is assumed that one cell (eg, Pcell) corresponds to a licensed band and the other cell corresponds to an unlicensed band. However, this is for convenience of description and does not exclude that there may be more Scells (eg, LTE / LTE-A frequency band and / or unlicensed band) in the serving cell.
  • the Pcell and the Scell are mentioned in terms of carrier aggregation.
  • the resources (PDSCH and / or PUSCH) on the unlicensed band may be indicated by the PDCCH of the Pcell.
  • carrier aggregation is not all applied to the following descriptions, and PDSCH and / or PUSCH on an unlicensed band may be indicated by a PDCCH transmitted on an unlicensed band.
  • the aforementioned cross carrier scheduling may not necessarily be applied as it is.
  • the base station may transmit a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, and the terminal may transmit a PUSCH on an unlicensed band.
  • the time unit used when transmitting the PDSCH and / or PUSCH on the unlicensed band may be the same as a subframe, a slot, an OFDM symbol, etc. of the licensed band, but is not necessarily limited thereto.
  • the unlicensed band may be used as a basic unit of a slot (which may be divided into a UL slot and a DL slot) in an LTE system on a time axis. This is because the carrier sensing timing may be related to the slots before and after the slot as described below.
  • Carrier sensing must be performed for signal transmission over the unlicensed band.
  • Carrier sensing means to check whether the unlicensed band is used by another device when the base station or the terminal intends to use the unlicensed band.
  • the BS or the UE cannot transmit a signal and PDSCH / PUSCH can be transmitted when the unlicensed band is idle.
  • 18 is a diagram for explaining PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates an example in which carrier sensing is first performed to transmit a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, and scheduling is performed for an unlicensed band when the unlicensed band is available as a result of the carrier sensing. It will be described in detail below.
  • the base station performs carrier sensing from the time before subframe n as shown in order to transmit the PDSCH in subframe n on the unlicensed band.
  • Carrier sensing may be performed at specific intervals as shown in FIG. 18, which may be an OFDM symbol interval of a subframe. However, a shorter interval or longer interval than the OFDM symbol interval may be applied.
  • the PDSCH may be scheduled on the unlicensed band.
  • This scheduling information may be transmitted on the PDCCH of the licensed band.
  • the time when the unlicensed band is available as a result of carrier sensing is earlier than the start point of the subframe in which the PDCCH is transmitted, that is, the start point of transmission of the subframe n, the subframe n is transmitted therefrom. Reservations must be made so that other devices that can use the unlicensed band up to the point of use cannot use the unlicensed band. In other words, if the base station is not transmitting any signal in the time interval indicated as reserved in FIG. 18, the other device performs carrier sensing to determine that it can use the unlicensed band and transmit the signal. Failure to transmit the PDSCH in subframe n results.
  • the base station can solve this by transmitting a reservation signal in the time interval indicated as reserved in FIG.
  • the reservation signal may be a specific signal for notifying other devices wishing to use the unlicensed band that the base station uses the unlicensed band in the time interval.
  • the reserved signal may be a promise that can be commonly recognized by devices that want to use the unlicensed band.
  • the reservation signal may be a dummy signal including a specific sequence or a sequence generated by seeding a specific sequence.
  • the base station is scheduled without any problem even if the time when the unlicensed band is available as a result of carrier sensing is earlier than the start time of the subframe (time period corresponding to the subframe of the licensed band) to which the PDSCH is to be transmitted.
  • PDSCH may be transmitted.
  • the PDSCH is performed in a time interval shorter than one subframe time interval.
  • the transmission must be made.
  • a PDSCH having a reduced time length may be transmitted using a method such as rate matching used in the LTE / LTE-A system.
  • the UE has a problem in that it is not possible to know a start time at which the PDSCH is transmitted. Therefore, the start time point at which the PDSCH is transmitted may be preset to a time (eg, 1st, 2nd, 3rd OFDM symbol) corresponding to a specific OFDM symbol of a subframe. The UE may find a start time point at which the PDSCH is transmitted by performing blind detection for these times.
  • the PDSCH may be scheduled using the R-PDCCH and the PDSCH transmission may be transmitted together with the backhaul subframe.
  • the PDSCH transmission time is fixed.
  • Embodiment 2 relates to a method of first performing scheduling and then performing carrier sensing to transmit a PDSCH on an unlicensed band. Unlike the first embodiment, since the PDSCH transmission is scheduled by performing carrier sensing without checking whether the unlicensed band is available, the PDSCH transmission may be delayed or the transmission may fail when the unlicensed band is not available. To solve this problem, PDSCH transmission may be set to a partial region of the time period of the subframe. This will be described with reference to FIG. 19.
  • the base station may schedule PDSCH transmission for a portion of the time interval of the unlicensed band, which corresponds to the time interval corresponding to the subframe length of the licensed band.
  • some sections may be half of the subframe, that is, the second slot, as shown in FIG. 19.
  • the base station starts carrier sensing from the start of the subframe to transmit the scheduled PDSCH.
  • carrier sensing may be continuously performed at a specific interval (for example, OFDM symbol interval of a subframe) as described in the first embodiment.
  • the base station may transmit the PDSCH.
  • it may be necessary to transmit the reserved signal to the unlicensed band.
  • a reservation signal as described in Embodiment 1 i.e., a specific signal or dummy signal for notifying other devices that want to use the unlicensed band at the interval (time interval) to notify the unlicensed band.
  • the PDSCH can be transmitted stably.
  • the reservation signal may be generated by duplicating the front part or the rear part of the scheduled PDSCH (cyclic shift method).
  • the MCS of the PDSCH transmitted in the second slot can be calculated from the MCS indicated by the PDCCH, no additional information may be needed. Of course, it may directly inform the MCS of the PDSCH transmitted in the second slot.
  • the DCI of the PDCCH may include an MCS for one subframe and an MCS for one subframe half (one slot). The UE may determine by blind decoding whether it is one subframe or half of a subframe.
  • a signal for example, preamble or sequence
  • a signal that can inform the PDSCH start position transmitted in the unlicensed band may be transmitted.
  • Such a signal may be masked with a UE ID or a preamble sequence generated based on the UE identifier.
  • This method is advantageous for the transmission method immediately after the CS. For example, if the unlicensed band is available in the third OFDM symbol as a result of carrier sensing, the PDSCH is transmitted by transmitting a sequence or preamble in the fourth OFDM symbol.
  • MCS resource utilization rate
  • subframes may be divided into smaller units (eg, OFDM 2 symbol bundles) to transmit PDSCHs in units of 12, 10, 8, and 7 OFDM symbol lengths, and MCS may be calculated and inferred or signaled separately.
  • OFDM 2 symbol bundles e.g., OFDM 2 symbol bundles
  • the PDSCH may be transmitted with a minimum or zero back off time.
  • the transmission start time of the PDSCH may be semi-statically set. For example, if the PDSCH is set to start with symbol n as an upper layer signal (RRC signal), carrier sensing may be performed before symbol n. In this case, if the unlicensed band is available (IDLE) as a result of carrier sensing, the PDSCH may be transmitted in symbol n. If the time when the unlicensed band is available is before symbol n, the above-described method of transmitting the reserved signal may be used. Another method is to set up a transmission waiting counter, reduce the value of the counter after a unit time and transmit it when it reaches 0. If the other device starts transmitting before 0, PDSCH transmission is performed. The method of giving up may apply. The scheduler may set the PDSCH transmission start position differently according to the success rate of carrier sensing.
  • RRC signal upper layer signal
  • the length of the scheduled PDSCH may be variably operated.
  • information such as a start time, a length, and an end time of the PDSCH needs to be informed, and this information can be transmitted using some fields of the PDCCH.
  • the preamble may be transmitted to inform the start time of the PDSCH while also transmitting length information. This may be useful when the unlicensed band is synchronized with the licensed band even though the unlicensed band is operated according to the subframe and slot structure of the licensed band.
  • the UE may know that the PDSCH has not been received, but may decode another signal instead of the PDSCH not transmitted. Accordingly, the base station may instruct the terminal to discard information stored in the buffer for the region previously scheduled for the PDSCH when the PDSCH transmission fails due to the unlicensed band.
  • This indication may be transmitted on the PDCCH of the next subframe or may be included in the PDCCH after the k subframe. Alternatively, the signal may be transmitted using a signal other than the PDCCH (eg, another physical channel, higher layer signaling, etc.).
  • the PDCCH including the PDSCH and scheduling information of the PDSCH may be transmitted from the time when the unlicensed band is available (or after a predetermined back off time) after carrier sensing.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating slots in which PDSCHs are transmitted according to a time point when an unlicensed band is available by performing carrier sensing on an unlicensed band.
  • the time period when the unlicensed band is available is more than a predetermined OFDM symbol from the first OFDM symbol of the subframe, it can be seen that the transmission of the PDSCH is transmitted on the second slot of the subframe.
  • the PDSCH is transmitted in both the first slot and the second slot because the time when the unlicensed band is available is less than a predetermined OFDM symbol.
  • the predetermined OFDM symbol may be variously set to 2, 3 OFDM symbols, or the like, and the carrier sensing unit may be a reference instead of the OFDM symbol.
  • Embodiment 3 relates to a method of transmitting a PUSCH on an unlicensed band. This will be described with reference to FIG. 22.
  • a PDCCH transmitted in subframe n of a licensed band transmits a PUSCH in a time period corresponding to subframe n + 4 of a licensed band in an unlicensed band.
  • the UE may perform carrier sensing from the start of subframe n + 4. If it is determined that the unlicensed band is available as a result of carrier sensing, the UE may transmit a PUSCH on the unlicensed band.
  • the reservation signal described above for the reserved period may be transmitted.
  • PUSCH 22 is one of various PUSCH transmission methods, and descriptions for transmitting a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, such as a carrier sensing time point, a PUSCH transmission length, an MCS, and the like, may apply mutatis mutandis.
  • the resource for PUSCH transmission may be reserved as a specific signal such as an uplink grant before several subframes while maintaining a regulation related to transmission in an unlicensed band. That is, the uplink grant enables the PUSCH to be transmitted in a specific subframe, slot, or OFDM symbol. For example, when operating on a slot basis, a carrier merge is received at the first slot or just before the first slot of a subframe coming after n + 4 (if the previous n + 3 subframe is downlink).
  • part of the last OFDM symbol or subframe may be a reduced length subframe that cannot be transmitted due to carrier sensing, or if the n + 3 subframe is for uplink transmission, the last OFDM symbol or carrier
  • the PUSCH should be transmitted except for the interval corresponding to the detection.) If the unlicensed band is available (IDLE), the PUSCH is transmitted.
  • the unlicensed band is available (IDLE)
  • IDLE unlicensed band
  • Random Back-off time an upper limit and a lower limit of the random back off time are designated and one value may be selected therebetween.
  • n + 4 instead of always fixing to n + 4, it gives the freedom to transmit at some specified time, such as n + 3 and n + 5. By doing so, it is possible to divide the resource sharing with the terminal or other system equipment evenly. For example, set the random backoff value to 4 to 6 and have one of 4, 5, and 6 values.
  • Embodiment 4 relates to transmitting a preamble for synchronization acquisition in a time interval from when the unlicensed band becomes available as a result of carrier sensing and before the PDSCH or PUSCH is transmitted, as described with reference to FIGS. 24 to 26.
  • FIGS. 24 to 26 illustrate a case in which a base station transmits a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, but is not necessarily limited thereto, and in each case of the above-described embodiments 1 to 3, there is no conflict Can be applied.
  • the preamble may be a preamble sequence masked with a UE identifier or a preamble sequence generated based on the UE identifier, as mentioned in Embodiment 2 above.
  • 24 is a diagram for explaining preamble transmission in PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the preamble is transmitted before the reservation signal.
  • the base station performs carrier sensing in order to determine whether the unlicensed band is available in subframe n-1.
  • the base station may transmit the preamble after having a predetermined back off time.
  • a reservation signal may be transmitted as shown for the time until the PDSCH is transmitted following the preamble transmission.
  • the preamble transmitted in advance of the reservation signal may serve to inform the terminal that transmission of the reservation signal is started.
  • the preamble also performs the function of the reservation signal. That is, as mentioned above, the reserved signal means that other devices that want to use the unlicensed band from the time when the unlicensed band becomes available until the PDSCH is transmitted transmit a dummy signal or the like so as not to use the unlicensed band. This means that the transmission of the preamble also serves to prevent other devices from using the unlicensed band.
  • the base station can secure the resources for transmitting the PDSCH on the unlicensed band by transmitting the reservation signal continuously in the preamble transmission.
  • the resources in the unlicensed band secured here are the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission opportunity (more precisely the resources in the unlicensed band corresponding to the number of subframes in the licensed band used by the base station corresponding to the transmission opportunity).
  • Can be. 24 exemplarily shows that the transmission opportunity is set to three.
  • the transmitted preamble is for synchronization of the reservation signal
  • the terminal may acquire synchronization for PDSCH transmission by using the position of the preamble, the duration of the reservation signal, and the boundary of the reception subframe.
  • the reservation signal is shown to be transmitted, the licensed band used by the base station at the time when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available by performing carrier sensing, as described in the above embodiments.
  • the transmission of the reservation signal is unnecessary and may be omitted.
  • transmission of the PDSCH on the unlicensed band may be scheduled before carrier sensing or scheduled after carrier sensing, and a detailed description thereof will be replaced with the description of Embodiments 1 and 2.
  • Scheduling information for the PDSCH transmitted on the unlicensed band may be delivered to the terminal by the PDCCH transmitted on the licensed band as described above, or unlike the illustrated in FIG. 24, transmitted on the unlicensed band via the PDCCH. May be If the preamble includes necessary scheduling information other than the identifier of the terminal receiving the PDSCH, the preamble may be operated in a manner that does not receive the scheduling information for the unlicensed band through the PDCCH.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining that a preamble is transmitted after a reservation signal transmission in a PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the preamble is transmitted after the reservation signal transmission, and the preamble is transmitted at the subframe start timing of the licensed band.
  • the preamble is transmitted to be completed at the subframe start timing of the licensed band. Indicates. That is, in FIGs. 25A and 25B, the preamble is transmitted at the timing corresponding to the subframe boundary of the licensed band.
  • transmission of the preamble may be used for synchronization acquisition of the PDSCH to be transmitted or subframe synchronization acquisition of the licensed band. That is, from the terminal's point of view, when the preamble is received, the PDSCH is soon to be transmitted, so that the PDSCH reception timing can be accurately known.
  • the transmission of the preamble is transmitted at a timing corresponding to the subframe boundary of the licensed band.
  • the preamble may be transmitted at the slot boundary. That is, as described above with reference to FIG. 19, when the PDSCH transmission is performed by the slot unit in the unlicensed band, the preamble may be transmitted at the slot boundary. If the unlicensed band is not divided into subframes or slots of the licensed band and used in an arbitrary time interval unit, the transmission of the preamble is performed to obtain synchronization for PDSCH transmission for the arbitrary time interval. May be used.
  • the preamble is transmitted twice before and after transmission of the reservation signal. That is, in FIG. 26, both the preamble for transmission synchronization of the reservation signal described with reference to FIG. 24 and the preamble for PDSCH transmission synchronization described with reference to FIG. 25 are transmitted. Subframe synchronization of the licensed band) can be accurately identified.
  • the preamble (Preamble 1) transmitted before the transmission of the reservation signal and the preamble (Preamble 2) transmitted after the transmission of the reservation signal are the same preamble is used so that the receiving side determines which preamble for synchronization acquisition according to the transmission order
  • the two preambles Preamble 1 and 2 may be formed in different sequences. If the two preambles (Preamble 1, 2) are made of different sequences, for example, only the preamble transmitted before the PDSCH transmission may use a sequence generated from the UE identifier.
  • the preamble described above may be using a time resource corresponding to at least one or more OFDM symbols on the time axis, or the transmission time unit may be determined in consideration of other devices that want to use an unlicensed band.
  • the transmission of the preamble may be performed every PDSCH transmission, in some cases, the preamble may not be transmitted. For example, after transmitting a reservation signal, a preamble, a PDSCH, and the like to one specific terminal, if the PDSCH is transmitted to the specific terminal again within a predetermined time, the transmission of the preamble may be omitted. Alternatively, the transmission of the preamble may be set to be transmitted according to a preset period.
  • the unlicensed band may be separated on frequency resources to be configured to perform PUSCH transmission for the terminal 1 and the terminal 2.
  • Other details such as carrier sensing time, unit, PUSCH subframe length, transmission of reservation signal, etc. will be replaced with the above description.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates the PUSCH transmission, it can be found that the present invention can be applied to the PDSCH transmission.
  • the DCI transmitted on the PDCCH may use existing LTE-A DCI formats as it is.
  • the subframe may additionally include information such as a start position, an end position, a length, an MCS, a carrier sensing position, and the like.
  • the OFDM scheme broadcast the start point, end point, length, etc. of a currently occupied packet or transport block. By doing so, it may help for carrier sensing and PDSCH and / or PUSCH transmission.
  • the PDCCH may transmit only some information on PDSCH and / or PUSCH scheduled on the unlicensed band. For example, only MCS information may be included. That is, HARQ, Power Control, and RA information may be excluded. That is, in order to distinguish between which UE the PDSCH is transmitted from and which UE the PUSCH is transmitted from, a specific preamble is transmitted before PDSCH to inform the transmission start position while distinguishing the UE, and the specific preamble is transmitted in front of the PUSCH transmission. It can be informed which UE has transmitted and the PUSCH transmission start position.
  • the preamble may perform a reference signal function as well as terminal classification. In this case, it is possible to find out which terminal the corresponding packet belongs to by using a reference signal generated using a UE ID. Similarly with the PDSCH, the receiving terminal can be known by looking at the reference signal. The location at which this preamble or reference signal is transmitted may be first or last.
  • the transmit power of the PDSCH and / or PUSCH transmitted on the unlicensed band may use a specified value and may not perform separate power control. That is, the transmission may be set for a designated time at a specified power in an unlicensed band, and the change may be configured through a separate signal.
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • the transmission of the PDSCH or the PUSCH described above was a case where the base station or the terminal of the LTE / LTE-A system uses the entire bandwidth of the unlicensed band.
  • the base station performs carrier sensing for the unlicensed band and if the unlicensed band is available (if necessary, by reserving the unlicensed band through transmission of a reservation signal).
  • carrier sensing is performed in a unit of time (for example, OFDM symbol) on the time axis for the entire bandwidth of the unlicensed band, and PDSCH transmission has been described for the entire bandwidth of the unlicensed band. .
  • the carrier sensing unit may be determined by analyzing carrier sensing granularity, transmission bandwidth, accessible bandwidth, search bandwidth, and the like of systems existing in the unlicensed band. Based on this, the unlicensed band can be implicitly or explicitly partitioned, and carrier sensing and resource reservation can be performed.
  • the carrier sensing unit may have several sizes. That is, there is a case where the carrier sensing unit is not configured in one basic unit. Since the carrier sensing unit is determined based on the systems that may exist in the unlicensed band, the number of carrier sensing units will be determined considering the number of systems.
  • the LTE-A base station or terminal in the unlicensed band system may attempt to perform transmission for the entire 20MHz band, and WiFi may perform carrier sensing and transmission in 5MHz or 10MHz units.
  • WiFi may perform carrier sensing and transmission in 5MHz or 10MHz units.
  • the LTE-A system needs to consider 5MHz bandwidth partitioning used by WiFi. If 20MHz is correctly divided into 4 5MHz (ie, band1, band2, band3, and band4), the LTE-A system performs carrier sensing in 5MHz size band unit, checks whether the WiFi system exists, and uses resources if available. Can be reserved. If a specific band band1 is not available, another available band may be selected to perform reservation and transmission.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates an example in which an LTE-A system and a non-LTE-A system A and B perform carrier sensing in units of a carrier sensing unit suitable for each system and transmit according to the result.
  • the carrier sensing unit is divided into the same size, but the actual band partitioning may not be the same.
  • System A performs carrier sensing on a carrier sensing unit basis and transmits (when only a frequency resource corresponding to one carrier sensing unit is required for transmission or one carrier sensing unit is a maximum transmission band).
  • System B is an example of performing carrier sensing in two carrier sensing units and transmitting (when a frequency resource corresponding to two carrier sensing units is required for transmission or two carrier sensing units are the maximum transmission bands).
  • the LTE-A system may perform carrier sensing on an arbitrary carrier sensing unit according to the size of a packet to be sent and select a usable band therefrom to perform transmission.
  • the same Busy Sensing Interval can be applied in the time domain.
  • the technique may be performed at the base station or at the terminal. While the base station performs carrier sensing when transmitting from the base station to the terminal (eNB-to-UE), it is common that the terminal performs such carrier sensing when transmitting from the terminal to the base station (UE-to-eNB).
  • the present invention may operate in a manner that complements carrier sensing. That is, as shown in FIG. 28 (a), when the base station performs carrier sensing, the terminal may not know how to interfere with the base station, and thus, the terminal performs carrier sensing in advance and may reserve the corresponding resource if necessary. If the base station is notified of this, the base station may attempt to transmit by combining the result of the carrier sensing and the carrier sensing information received from the terminal. The terminal may be induced to perform transmission to the recommended (or reserved) resource region. Similarly, referring to FIG. 28 (b), since the UE cannot exactly know the resource collision situation experienced by the base station, the base station can determine the resource situation that the base station is experiencing through carrier sensing (reserving the resource if necessary). Also, it can be informed to the terminal to induce the terminal to perform the transmission to the correct resource region. In this case, such additional information may be obtained through a separate channel for transmitting and receiving information or through an existing physical channel.
  • the ACK / NACK for the PDSCH transmission or the ACK / NACK for the PUSCH transmission may be configured to be received immediately after the corresponding packet transmission.
  • the transmission of the ACK / NACK may be set to be performed only on the licensed band.
  • a license band (LTE-A PCC band) may be represented as one in the drawings.
  • the operation may be performed more efficiently by, for example, giving an offset so as not to intentionally coincide the subframe boundary in the licensed band and the unlicensed band.
  • Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3 are simultaneously applied.
  • 29 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of a base station apparatus and a terminal apparatus according to the present invention.
  • the base station apparatus 2910 may include a receiving module 2911, a transmitting module 2912, a processor 2913, a memory 2914, and a plurality of antennas 2915.
  • the plurality of antennas 2915 means a base station apparatus supporting MIMO transmission and reception.
  • the receiving module 2911 may receive various signals, data, and information on the uplink from the terminal.
  • the transmission module 2912 may transmit various signals, data, and information on a downlink to the terminal.
  • the processor 2913 may control the overall operation of the base station apparatus 2910.
  • the processor 2913 of the base station apparatus 2910 transmits at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available through carrier sensing.
  • the PDSCH may be transmitted on an unlicensed band immediately after transmission of at least one of the reservation signals, and the preamble may be for the terminal device to acquire synchronization for reception of the reservation signal or the PDSCH.
  • the processor 2913 of the base station apparatus 2910 performs a function of processing information received by the base station apparatus 2910 and information to be transmitted to the outside, and the memory 2914 stores the processed information and the like for a predetermined time. And may be replaced by a component such as a buffer (not shown).
  • the terminal device 2920 may include a receiving module 2921, a transmitting module 2922, a processor 2913, a memory 2924, and a plurality of antennas 2925.
  • the plurality of antennas 2925 may mean a terminal device that supports MIMO transmission and reception.
  • the receiving module 2921 may receive various signals, data, and information on a downlink from the base station.
  • the transmission module 2922 may transmit various signals, data, and information on the uplink to the base station.
  • the processor 2913 may control operations of the entire terminal device 2920.
  • the processor 2913 of the terminal device 2920 receives at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal from a base station on the unlicensed band and receives a PDSCH on the unlicensed band. Receiving synchronization of the reservation signal or the PDSCH may be obtained through a preamble.
  • the processor 2913 of the terminal device 2920 performs a function of processing information received by the terminal device 2920, information to be transmitted to the outside, and the memory 2924 stores arithmetic information and the like for a predetermined time. And may be replaced by a component such as a buffer (not shown).
  • the description of the base station apparatus 2910 may be equally applicable to a downlink transmitting entity or an uplink receiving entity, and the description of the terminal apparatus 2920 is a downlink receiving entity. Alternatively, the same may be applied to a relay device as an uplink transmission entity.
  • Embodiments of the present invention described above may be implemented through various means.
  • embodiments of the present invention may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
  • a method according to embodiments of the present invention may include one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), Digital Signal Processing Devices (DSPDs), and Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs). It may be implemented by field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, and the like.
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSPs Digital Signal Processors
  • DSPDs Digital Signal Processing Devices
  • PLDs Programmable Logic Devices
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • processors controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, and the like.
  • the method according to the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented in the form of a module, a procedure, or a function that performs the functions or operations described above.
  • the software code may be stored in a memory unit and driven by a processor.
  • the memory unit may be located inside or outside the processor, and may exchange data with the processor by various known means.
  • the present invention has been described based on a form applied to the 3GPP LTE series mobile communication system, but the present invention may be used in the same or equivalent principles in various mobile communication systems.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal to an unlicensed band of a base station in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: transmitting at least one of a preamble and a reservation signal, if it is determined through carrier sensing that the unlicensed band is available; and transmitting a PDSCH on the unlicensed band immediately after the transmission of at least one of the preamble and the reservation signal. The preamble enables a terminal to acquire reception synchronization for at least one of the reservation signal and the PDSCH.

Description

무선통신시스템에서 신호 전송 방법 및 장치Method and apparatus for signal transmission in wireless communication system
이하의 설명은 무선통신시스템에서 신호 전송 방법 및 이를 위한 장치에 대한 것이다.The following description relates to a signal transmission method and apparatus for the same in a wireless communication system.
무선 통신 시스템이 음성이나 데이터 등과 같은 다양한 종류의 통신 서비스를 제공하기 위해 광범위하게 전개되고 있다. 일반적으로 무선 통신 시스템은 가용한 시스템 자원(대역폭, 전송 파워 등)을 공유하여 다중 사용자와의 통신을 지원할 수 있는 다중 접속(multiple access) 시스템이다. 다중 접속 시스템의 예들로는 CDMA(code division multiple access) 시스템, FDMA(frequency division multiple access) 시스템, TDMA(time division multiple access) 시스템, OFDMA(orthogonal frequency division multiple access) 시스템, SC-FDMA(single carrier frequency division multiple access) 시스템, MC-FDMA(multi carrier frequency division multiple access) 시스템 등이 있다.Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various kinds of communication services such as voice and data. In general, a wireless communication system is a multiple access system capable of supporting communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (bandwidth, transmission power, etc.). Examples of multiple access systems include code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, frequency division multiple access (FDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) systems, and single carrier frequency (SC-FDMA). division multiple access (MCD) systems and multi-carrier frequency division multiple access (MC-FDMA) systems.
본 발명은 비 면허 대역 상으로의 신호 전송 방법 및 이를 위한 장치에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to a signal transmission method on an unlicensed band and an apparatus therefor.
본 발명에서 이루고자 하는 기술적 과제들은 이상에서 언급한 기술적 과제들로 제한되지 않으며, 언급하지 않은 또 다른 기술적 과제들은 아래의 기재로부터 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The technical problems to be achieved in the present invention are not limited to the technical problems mentioned above, and other technical problems not mentioned above will be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the following description. Could be.
본 발명의 제1 기술적인 측면은, 무선통신시스템에서 기지국이 비 면허 대역 상으로 신호를 전송하는 방법에 있어서, 반송파 센싱을 통해 상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 경우 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 전송하는 단계; 상기 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나의 전송 직후 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 전송하는 단계를 포함하며, 상기 프리앰블은, 단말이 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하기 위한 것인, 신호 전송 방법이다.According to a first technical aspect of the present invention, in a method for transmitting a signal on an unlicensed band by a base station in a wireless communication system, when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available through carrier sensing, at least one of a preamble or a reserved signal Transmitting one or more; Transmitting a PDSCH on an unlicensed band immediately after transmission of at least one of the preamble or a reservation signal, wherein the preamble is for a terminal to obtain reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH. The transmission method.
본 발명의 제2 기술적인 측면은, 무선통신시스템에서 단말이 비 면허 대역 상으로 신호를 수신하는 방법에 있어서, 기지국으로부터 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 수신하는 단계; 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 수신하는 단계를 포함하며, 상기 단말은 상기 프리앰블을 통해 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하는, 신호 전송 방법이다.According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for a terminal to receive a signal on an unlicensed band in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving at least one of a preamble or a reservation signal from a base station on the unlicensed band; And receiving a PDSCH on the unlicensed band, wherein the terminal acquires reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH through the preamble.
본 발명의 제3 기술적인 측면은, 무선통신시스템에서 기지국 장치에 있어서, 전송 모듈; 및 프로세서를 포함하고, 상기 프로세서는, 반송파 센싱을 통해 상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 경우 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 전송하며, 상기 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나의 전송 직후 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 전송하되, 상기 프리앰블은 단말 장치가 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하기 위한 것인, 기지국 장치이다.A third technical aspect of the present invention is a base station apparatus in a wireless communication system, comprising: a transmission module; And a processor, wherein the processor transmits at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal when the unlicensed band is determined to be available through carrier sensing, and immediately after the transmission of at least one of the preamble or the reservation signal. Transmit the PDSCH on the band, wherein the preamble is a base station device for the terminal device to obtain the reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH.
본 발명의 제4 기술적인 측면은, 무선통신시스템에서 단말 장치에 있어서, 수신 모듈; 및 프로세서를 포함하고, 상기 프로세서는, 기지국으로부터 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 수신하며, 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 수신하되, 상기 프리앰블을 통해 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하는, 단말 장치이다.A fourth technical aspect of the present invention is a terminal device in a wireless communication system, comprising: a receiving module; And a processor, wherein the processor is configured to receive at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal from a base station on the unlicensed band and receive a PDSCH on the unlicensed band, wherein the reservation signal or the PDSCH is received. A terminal device for acquiring at least one reception synchronization.
본 발명의 제1 내지 제4 기술적인 측면은, 다음 사항의 전 일부를 포함할 수 있다.The first to fourth technical aspects of the present invention may include all of the following.
상기 프리앰블이 상기 예약 신호에 앞서 전송되는 경우, 상기 프리앰블은 상기 예약 신호의 전송이 시작됨을 알려주는 정보를 포함할 수 있다.When the preamble is transmitted prior to the reservation signal, the preamble may include information indicating that transmission of the reservation signal is started.
상기 프리앰블이 상기 예약 신호 뒤에 전송되는 경우, 상기 프리앰블은 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계에서 전송될 수 있다.When the preamble is transmitted after the reservation signal, the preamble may be transmitted at the subframe boundary of the licensed band used by the base station.
상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 시점이 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계 또는 슬롯 경계 중 어느 하나인 경우, 상기 예약 신호는 전송되지 않을 수 있다.If the time point at which the unlicensed band is determined to be available is one of a subframe boundary or a slot boundary of the licensed band used by the base station, the reservation signal may not be transmitted.
상기 비 면허 대역 상으로 전송되는 PDSCH의 스케줄링 정보는 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역 상에서 전송되는 PDCCH를 통해 전송될 수 있다.Scheduling information of the PDSCH transmitted on the unlicensed band may be transmitted through a PDCCH transmitted on a licensed band used by the base station.
상기 프리앰블은 상기 PDSCH를 수신하는 단말의 식별자 정보를 더 포함하는 것일 수 있다.The preamble may further include identifier information of a terminal that receives the PDSCH.
본 발명에 의하면, 비 면허 대역 상으로 신호를 전송하고자 하는 시점과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 시점이 불일치하더라도, 비 면허 대역 상으로 신호를 효율적으로 전송할 수 있다. 또한, 비 면허 대역 상의 자원을 확보하기 위해 전송되는 예약 신호 및 데이터 전송의 동기를 정확히 획득할 수 있다.According to the present invention, even when the time point at which the signal is to be transmitted on the unlicensed band and the time point at which the unlicensed band is available are inconsistent, the signal can be efficiently transmitted on the unlicensed band. In addition, it is possible to accurately obtain the synchronization of the reservation signal and data transmission transmitted to secure resources on the unlicensed band.
본 발명에서 얻을 수 있는 효과는 이상에서 언급한 효과들로 제한되지 않으며, 언급하지 않은 또 다른 효과들은 아래의 기재로부터 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The effects obtainable in the present invention are not limited to the above-mentioned effects, and other effects not mentioned above may be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the following description. will be.
도 1은 무선 프레임의 구조에 대하여 설명하기 위한 도면이다.1 is a diagram for explaining the structure of a radio frame.
도 2는 하향링크 슬롯에서의 자원 그리드(resource grid)를 나타내는 도면이다.FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a resource grid in a downlink slot.
도 3은 하향링크 서브프레임의 구조를 나타내는 도면이다.3 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a downlink subframe.
도 4는 상향링크 서브프레임의 구조를 나타내는 도면이다.4 is a diagram illustrating a structure of an uplink subframe.
도 5는 상향링크 물리자원블록에서 PUCCH 포맷들이 매핑되는 형태를 도시하는 도면이다.5 is a diagram illustrating a format in which PUCCH formats are mapped in an uplink physical resource block.
도 6은 ACK/NACK을 위한 PUCCH 자원을 결정하는 예를 나타내는 도면이다.6 is a diagram illustrating an example of determining a PUCCH resource for ACK / NACK.
도 7은 일반 CP의 경우에 ACK/NACK 채널의 구조를 나타내는 도면이다. 7 is a diagram illustrating a structure of an ACK / NACK channel in the case of a normal CP.
도 8은 일반 CP의 경우에 CQI 채널의 구조를 나타내는 도면이다. 8 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a CQI channel in the case of a normal CP.
도 9는 블록 확산을 이용한 PUCCH 채널 구조를 나타내는 도면이다.9 illustrates a PUCCH channel structure using block spreading.
도 10은 하향링크 참조신호를 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 10 is a diagram for explaining a downlink reference signal.
도 11은 사운딩참조신호를 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 11 is a diagram for explaining a sounding reference signal.
도 12는 릴레이를 위한 자원 분할을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 12 is a diagram for describing resource partitioning for a relay.
도 13은 반송파 병합을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.13 is a diagram for describing carrier aggregation.
도 14는 크로스 반송파 스케줄링을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.14 is a diagram for describing cross carrier scheduling.
도 15는 상향링크제어정보를 PUSCH를 통하여 전송하는 방식을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 15 is a diagram for describing a method of transmitting uplink control information through a PUSCH.
도 16은 상향링크로 전송하기 위한 데이터와 제어정보의 다중화 과정을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a multiplexing process of data and control information for uplink transmission.
도 17은 본 발명의 실시예에 의한 전체 시스템의 모식도이다.17 is a schematic diagram of an entire system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 18은 본 발명의 실시예 1에 의한 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.18 is a diagram for explaining PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
도 19 내지 21은 본 발명의 실시예 2에 의한 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 19 to 21 are diagrams for explaining PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
도 22는 본 발명의 실시예 3에 의한 비 면허 대역으로 PUSCH 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 22 illustrates PUSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. FIG.
도 23은 본 발명의 실시예들에 OFDMA가 적용되는 경우를 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 23 illustrates a case where OFDMA is applied to embodiments of the present invention.
도 24 내지 도 26은 본 발명의 일 실시형태에 따른 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송에 있어 프리앰블 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.24 to 26 are diagrams for explaining preamble transmission in PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 27는 본 발명의 실시예들에 적용될 수 있는 반송파 센싱 유닛을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.27 is a view for explaining a carrier sensing unit that can be applied to embodiments of the present invention.
도 28는 본 발명의 실시예들에 적용될 수 있는 반송파 센싱 결과의 공유를 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 28 illustrates sharing of a carrier sensing result applicable to embodiments of the present invention.
도 29은 본 발명의 실시예에 의한 기지국 장치 및 단말 장치의 구성을 도시한 도면이다.29 is a diagram showing the configuration of a base station apparatus and a terminal apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
이하의 실시예들은 본 발명의 구성요소들과 특징들을 소정 형태로 결합한 것들이다. 각 구성요소 또는 특징은 별도의 명시적 언급이 없는 한 선택적인 것으로 고려될 수 있다. 각 구성요소 또는 특징은 다른 구성요소나 특징과 결합되지 않은 형태로 실시될 수 있다. 또한, 일부 구성요소들 및/또는 특징들을 결합하여 본 발명의 실시예를 구성할 수도 있다. 본 발명의 실시예들에서 설명되는 동작들의 순서는 변경될 수 있다. 어느 실시예의 일부 구성이나 특징은 다른 실시예에 포함될 수 있고, 또는 다른 실시예의 대응하는 구성 또는 특징과 교체될 수 있다.The following embodiments combine the components and features of the present invention in a predetermined form. Each component or feature may be considered to be optional unless otherwise stated. Each component or feature may be embodied in a form that is not combined with other components or features. In addition, some components and / or features may be combined to form an embodiment of the present invention. The order of the operations described in the embodiments of the present invention may be changed. Some components or features of one embodiment may be included in another embodiment or may be replaced with corresponding components or features of another embodiment.
본 명세서에서 본 발명의 실시예들을 기지국과 단말 간의 데이터 송신 및 수신의 관계를 중심으로 설명한다. 여기서, 기지국은 단말과 직접적으로 통신을 수행하는 네트워크의 종단 노드(terminal node)로서의 의미를 갖는다. 본 문서에서 기지국에 의해 수행되는 것으로 설명된 특정 동작은 경우에 따라서는 기지국의 상위 노드(upper node)에 의해 수행될 수도 있다.In the present specification, embodiments of the present invention will be described based on a relationship between data transmission and reception between a base station and a terminal. Here, the base station has a meaning as a terminal node of the network that directly communicates with the terminal. The specific operation described as performed by the base station in this document may be performed by an upper node of the base station in some cases.
즉, 기지국을 포함하는 다수의 네트워크 노드들(network nodes)로 이루어지는 네트워크에서 단말과의 통신을 위해 수행되는 다양한 동작들은 기지국 또는 기지국 이외의 다른 네트워크 노드들에 의해 수행될 수 있음은 자명하다. '기지국(BS: Base Station)'은 고정국(fixed station), Node B, eNode B(eNB), 액세스 포인트(AP: Access Point) 등의 용어에 의해 대체될 수 있다. 릴레이는 Relay Node(RN), Relay Station(RS) 등의 용어에 의해 대체될 수 있다. 또한, '단말(Terminal)'은 UE(User Equipment), MS(Mobile Station), MSS(Mobile Subscriber Station), SS(Subscriber Station) 등의 용어로 대체될 수 있다.That is, it is obvious that various operations performed for communication with a terminal in a network composed of a plurality of network nodes including a base station may be performed by the base station or other network nodes other than the base station. A 'base station (BS)' may be replaced by terms such as a fixed station, a Node B, an eNode B (eNB), an access point (AP), and the like. Relay can be replaced by terms such as Relay Node (RN), Relay Station (RS). In addition, the term “terminal” may be replaced with terms such as a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (MS), a mobile subscriber station (MSS), a subscriber station (SS), and the like.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 특정 용어들은 본 발명의 이해를 돕기 위해서 제공된 것이며, 이러한 특정 용어의 사용은 본 발명의 기술적 사상을 벗어나지 않는 범위에서 다른 형태로 변경될 수 있다.Specific terms used in the following description are provided to help the understanding of the present invention, and the use of such specific terms may be changed to other forms without departing from the technical spirit of the present invention.
몇몇 경우, 본 발명의 개념이 모호해지는 것을 피하기 위하여 공지의 구조 및 장치는 생략되거나, 각 구조 및 장치의 핵심기능을 중심으로 한 블록도 형식으로 도시될 수 있다. 또한, 본 명세서 전체에서 동일한 구성요소에 대해서는 동일한 도면 부호를 사용하여 설명한다.In some instances, well-known structures and devices may be omitted or shown in block diagram form centering on the core functions of the structures and devices in order to avoid obscuring the concepts of the present invention. In addition, the same components will be described with the same reference numerals throughout the present specification.
본 발명의 실시예들은 무선 접속 시스템들인 IEEE 802 시스템, 3GPP 시스템, 3GPP LTE 및 LTE-A(LTE-Advanced)시스템 및 3GPP2 시스템 중 적어도 하나에 개시된 표준 문서들에 의해 뒷받침될 수 있다. 즉, 본 발명의 실시예들 중 본 발명의 기술적 사상을 명확히 드러내기 위해 설명하지 않은 단계들 또는 부분들은 상기 문서들에 의해 뒷받침될 수 있다. 또한, 본 문서에서 개시하고 있는 모든 용어들은 상기 표준 문서에 의해 설명될 수 있다.Embodiments of the present invention may be supported by standard documents disclosed in at least one of the wireless access systems IEEE 802 system, 3GPP system, 3GPP LTE and LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system and 3GPP2 system. That is, steps or parts which are not described to clearly reveal the technical spirit of the present invention among the embodiments of the present invention may be supported by the above documents. In addition, all terms disclosed in the present document can be described by the above standard document.
이하의 기술은 CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access), FDMA(Frequency Division Multiple Access), TDMA(Time Division Multiple Access), OFDMA(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access), SC-FDMA(Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access) 등과 같은 다양한 무선 접속 시스템에 사용될 수 있다. CDMA는 UTRA(Universal Terrestrial Radio Access)나 CDMA2000과 같은 무선 기술(radio technology)로 구현될 수 있다. TDMA는 GSM(Global System for Mobile communications)/GPRS(General Packet Radio Service)/EDGE(Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution)와 같은 무선 기술로 구현될 수 있다. OFDMA는 IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, E-UTRA(Evolved UTRA) 등과 같은 무선 기술로 구현될 수 있다. UTRA는 UMTS(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System)의 일부이다. 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE(long term evolution)는 E-UTRA를 사용하는 E-UMTS(Evolved UMTS)의 일부로써, 하향링크에서 OFDMA를 채용하고 상향링크에서 SC-FDMA를 채용한다. LTE-A(Advanced)는 3GPP LTE의 진화이다. WiMAX는 IEEE 802.16e 규격(WirelessMAN-OFDMA Reference System) 및 발전된 IEEE 802.16m 규격(WirelessMAN-OFDMA Advanced system)에 의하여 설명될 수 있다. 명확성을 위하여 이하에서는 3GPP LTE 및 3GPP LTE-A 시스템을 위주로 설명하지만 본 발명의 기술적 사상이 이에 제한되는 것은 아니다.The following techniques include code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA), and the like. It can be used in various radio access systems. CDMA may be implemented with a radio technology such as Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA) or CDMA2000. TDMA may be implemented with wireless technologies such as Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) / General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) / Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE). OFDMA may be implemented in a wireless technology such as IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA). UTRA is part of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE) is part of an Evolved UMTS (E-UMTS) using E-UTRA, and employs OFDMA in downlink and SC-FDMA in uplink. LTE-A (Advanced) is the evolution of 3GPP LTE. WiMAX can be described by the IEEE 802.16e standard (WirelessMAN-OFDMA Reference System) and the advanced IEEE 802.16m standard (WirelessMAN-OFDMA Advanced system). For clarity, the following description focuses on 3GPP LTE and 3GPP LTE-A systems, but the technical spirit of the present invention is not limited thereto.
도 1은 3GPP LTE 시스템에서 사용되는 무선 프레임의 구조를 나타내는 도면이다. 도 1(a)를 참조하면 하나의 무선 프레임은 10 개의 서브프레임을 포함하고, 하나의 서브프레임은 시간 영역에서 2 개의 슬롯을 포함한다. 하나의 서브프레임을 전송하는 시간은 전송시간간격(Transmission Time Interval; TTI)으로 정의된다. 예를 들어, 하나의 서브프레임은 1ms의 길이를 가질 수 있고, 하나의 슬롯은 0.5ms의 길이를 가질 수 있다. 하나의 슬롯은 시간 영역에서 복수개의 OFDM 심볼들을 포함할 수 있다. 3GPP LTE 시스템은 하향링크에서 OFDMA 방식을 이용하므로, 상기 OFDM 심볼은 하나의 심볼 길이(period)를 나타낸다. 하나의 심볼은 상향링크에서 SC-FDMA 심볼 또는 심볼 길이로 칭하여질 수 있다. 자원블록(Resource Block; RB)은 자원 할당 단위로서, 하나의 슬롯에서 복수개의 연속하는 부반송파를 포함한다. 위와 같은 무선 프레임의 구조는 단지 예시적인 것이다. 따라서, 하나의 무선 프레임에 포함되는 서브프레임의 개수, 하나의 서브프레임에 포함되는 슬롯의 개수, 또는 하나의 슬롯에 포함되는 OFDM 심볼의 개수는 다양한 방식으로 변경될 수도 있다. 1 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a radio frame used in a 3GPP LTE system. Referring to FIG. 1A, one radio frame includes 10 subframes, and one subframe includes two slots in the time domain. The time for transmitting one subframe is defined as a transmission time interval (TTI). For example, one subframe may have a length of 1 ms, and one slot may have a length of 0.5 ms. One slot may include a plurality of OFDM symbols in the time domain. Since the 3GPP LTE system uses the OFDMA scheme in downlink, the OFDM symbol represents one symbol length. One symbol may be referred to as an SC-FDMA symbol or a symbol length in uplink. A resource block (RB) is a resource allocation unit and includes a plurality of consecutive subcarriers in one slot. The structure of such a radio frame is merely exemplary. Accordingly, the number of subframes included in one radio frame, the number of slots included in one subframe, or the number of OFDM symbols included in one slot may be changed in various ways.
도 1(b)는 타입 2 무선 프레임의 구조를 예시한다. 타입 2 무선 프레임은 2개의 하프 프레임(half frame)으로 구성된다. 각 하프 프레임은 5개의 서브프레임과 DwPTS(Downlink Pilot Time Slot), 보호구간(Guard Period, GP), UpPTS(Uplink Pilot Time Slot)로 구성되며, 이 중 1개의 서브프레임은 2개의 슬롯으로 구성된다. DwPTS는 단말에서의 초기 셀 탐색, 동기화 또는 채널 추정에 사용된다. UpPTS는 기지국에서의 채널 추정과 단말의 상향링크 전송 동기를 맞추는 데 사용된다. 보호구간은 상향링크와 하향링크 사이에 하향링크 신호의 다중경로 지연으로 인해 상향링크에서 생기는 간섭을 제거하기 위한 구간이다. Figure 1 (b) illustrates the structure of a type 2 radio frame. Type 2 radio frames consist of two half frames. Each half frame consists of five subframes, a Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS), a Guard Period (GP), and an Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS), of which one subframe consists of two slots. . DwPTS is used for initial cell search, synchronization or channel estimation at the terminal. UpPTS is used for channel estimation at the base station and synchronization of uplink transmission of the terminal. The guard period is a period for removing interference generated in the uplink due to the multipath delay of the downlink signal between the uplink and the downlink.
여기서 무선 프레임의 구조는 예시에 불과하고, 무선 프레임에 포함되는 서브프레임의 수 또는 서브프레임에 포함되는 슬롯의 수, 슬롯에 포함되는 심볼의 수는 다양하게 변경될 수 있다.The structure of the radio frame is merely an example, and the number of subframes included in the radio frame or the number of slots included in the subframe and the number of symbols included in the slot may be variously changed.
도 2는 하향링크 슬롯에서의 자원 그리드(resource grid)를 나타내는 도면이다. 하나의 하향링크 슬롯은 시간 영역에서 7 개의 OFDM 심볼을 포함하고, 하나의 자원블록(RB)은 주파수 영역에서 12 개의 부반송파를 포함하는 것으로 도시되어 있지만, 본 발명이 이에 제한되는 것은 아니다. 예를 들어, 일반 CP(Cyclic Prefix)의 경우에는 하나의 슬롯이 7 OFDM 심볼을 포함하지만, 확장된 CP(extended-CP)의 경우에는 하나의 슬롯이 6 OFDM 심볼을 포함할 수 있다. 자원 그리드 상의 각각의 요소는 자원 요소(resource element)라 한다. 하나의 자원블록은 12×7 자원 요소를 포함한다. 하향링크 슬롯에 포함되는 자원블록들의 NDL의 개수는 하향링크 전송 대역폭에 따른다. 상향링크 슬롯의 구조는 하향링크 슬롯의 구조와 동일할 수 있다.FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a resource grid in a downlink slot. One downlink slot includes seven OFDM symbols in the time domain and one resource block (RB) is shown to include 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, one slot includes 7 OFDM symbols in the case of a general cyclic prefix (CP), but one slot may include 6 OFDM symbols in the case of an extended-CP (CP). Each element on the resource grid is called a resource element. One resource block includes 12 × 7 resource elements. The number of NDLs of resource blocks included in a downlink slot depends on a downlink transmission bandwidth. The structure of the uplink slot may be the same as the structure of the downlink slot.
도 3은 하향링크 서브프레임의 구조를 나타내는 도면이다. 하나의 서브프레임 내에서 첫 번째 슬롯의 앞 부분의 최대 3 개의 OFDM 심볼은 제어 채널이 할당되는 제어 영역에 해당한다. 나머지 OFDM 심볼들은 물리하향링크공유채널(Physical Downlink Shared Chancel; PDSCH)이 할당되는 데이터 영역에 해당한다. LTE 시스템에서 사용되는 하향링크 제어 채널들에는, 예를 들어, 물리제어포맷지시자채널(Physical Control Format Indicator Channel; PCFICH), 물리하향링크제어채널(Physical Downlink Control Channel; PDCCH), 물리HARQ지시자채널(Physical Hybrid automatic repeat request Indicator Channel; PHICH) 등이 있다. 3 is a diagram illustrating a structure of a downlink subframe. Up to three OFDM symbols at the front of the first slot in one subframe correspond to a control region to which a control channel is allocated. The remaining OFDM symbols correspond to data regions to which a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) is allocated. Downlink control channels used in the LTE system include, for example, a physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH), a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), a physical HARQ indicator channel (PCH). Physical Hybrid automatic repeat request Indicator Channel (PHICH).
PCFICH는 서브프레임의 첫 번째 OFDM 심볼에서 전송되고 서브프레임 내의 제어 채널 전송에 사용되는 OFDM 심볼의 개수에 대한 정보를 포함한다. The PCFICH is transmitted in the first OFDM symbol of a subframe and includes information on the number of OFDM symbols used for control channel transmission in the subframe.
PHICH는 상향링크 전송의 응답으로서 HARQ ACK/NACK 신호를 포함한다. PDCCH는 하향링크제어정보(Downlink Control Information; DCI)를 전송한다. DCI는 포맷에 따라 상향링크 또는 하향링크 스케줄링 정보를 포함하거나 임의의 단말 그룹에 대한 상향링크 전송 전력 제어 명령을 포함할 수 있다. The PHICH includes a HARQ ACK / NACK signal as a response of uplink transmission. The PDCCH transmits downlink control information (DCI). The DCI may include uplink or downlink scheduling information or include an uplink transmission power control command for an arbitrary terminal group according to a format.
DCI 포맷DCI format
현재 LTE-A(release 10)에 의하면 DCI 포맷 0, 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, 3, 3A, 4 가 정의되어 있다. 여기서 DCI 포맷 0, 1A, 3, 3A는, 후술할 블라인드 복호 횟수를 줄이기 위해 동일한 메시지 크기를 갖도록 규정되어 있다. 이러한 DCI 포맷들은 전송하려는 제어정보의 용도에 따라 i)상향링크 스케줄링 승인에 사용되는 DCI 포맷 0, 4, ii)하향링크 스케줄링 할당에 사용되는 DCI 포맷 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, iii)전력제어 명령을 위한 DCI 포맷 3, 3A로 구분할 수 있다. Currently, according to LTE-A (release 10), DCI formats 0, 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C, 3, 3A, and 4 are defined. In this case, DCI formats 0, 1A, 3, and 3A are defined to have the same message size in order to reduce the number of blind decoding, which will be described later. These DCI formats are i) DCI formats 0, 4, ii) DCI formats 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, used for downlink scheduling assignment depending on the purpose of the control information to be transmitted. 2A, 2B, 2C, and iii) DCI formats 3 and 3A for power control commands.
상향링크 스케줄링 승인에 사용되는 DCI 포맷 0의 경우, 후술할 반송파 병합에 관련하여 필요한 반송파 오프셋(carrier indicator), DCI 포맷 0과 1A를 구분하는데 사용되는 오프셋(flag for format 0/format 1A differentiation), 상향링크 PUSCH 전송에서 주파수 호핑이 사용되는지 여부를 알려주는 호핑 플래그(frequency hopping flag), 단말이 PUSCH 전송에 사용해야 할 자원블록 할당에 대한 정보(resource block assignment), 변조 및 부호화 방식(modulation and coding scheme), HARQ 프로세스와 관련해 초기전송을 위해 버퍼를 비우는데 사용되는 새 데이터 오프셋(new data indicator), PUSCH를 위한 전송전력 제어명령(TPC command for scheduled for PUSCH), DMRS(Demodulation reference signal)를 위한 순환이동 정보(cyclic shift for DM RS and OCC index), TDD 동작에서 필요한 상향링크 인덱스(UL index) 및 채널품질정보(Channel Quality Indicator) 요구 정보(CSI request) 등을 포함할 수 있다. 한편, DCI 포맷 0의 경우 동기식 HARQ를 사용하므로 하향링크 스케줄링 할당에 관련된 DCI 포맷들처럼 리던던시 버전(redundancy version)을 포함하지 않는다. 반송파 오프셋의 경우, 크로스 반송파 스케줄링이 사용되지 않는 경우에는 DCI 포맷에 포함되지 않는다.In case of DCI format 0 used for uplink scheduling grant, a carrier indicator necessary for carrier aggregation to be described later, an offset used to distinguish DCI formats 0 and 1A (flag for format 0 / format 1A differentiation), A frequency hopping flag indicating whether frequency hopping is used in uplink PUSCH transmission, information on resource block assignment, modulation and coding scheme to be used for PUSCH transmission, and a modulation and coding scheme. ), A new data indicator used to empty the buffer for initial transmission in relation to the HARQ process, a TPC command for scheduled for PUSCH, and a cycle for demodulation reference signal (DMRS). Cyclic shift for DM RS and OCC index, UL index and channel quality information required for TDD operation r) request information (CSI request) and the like. Meanwhile, since DCI format 0 uses synchronous HARQ, it does not include a redundancy version like DCI formats related to downlink scheduling allocation. In the case of carrier offset, if cross carrier scheduling is not used, it is not included in the DCI format.
DCI 포맷 4는 LTE-A 릴리즈 10에서 새로이 추가된 것으로서 LTE-A에서 상향링크 전송에 공간 다중화가 적용되는 것을 지원하기 위한 것이다. DCI 포맷 4의 경우 DCI 포맷 0과 비교하여 공간 다중화를 위한 정보들을 더 포함하므로 더 큰 메시지 크기를 가지며, DCI 포맷 0에 포함되는 제어정보에 추가적인 제어정보를 더 포함한다. 즉, DCI 포맷 4의 경우, 두 번째 전송블록을 위한 변조 및 부호화 방식, 다중 안테나 전송을 위한 프리코딩 정보, 사운딩참조신호 요청(SRS request) 정보를 더 포함한다. 한편, DCI 포맷 4는 DCI 포맷 0보다 큰 크기를 가지므로 DCI 포맷 0과 1A를 구분하는 오프셋은 포함하지 않는다. DCI format 4 is new in LTE-A Release 10 and is intended to support spatial multiplexing for uplink transmission in LTE-A. The DCI format 4 further includes information for spatial multiplexing as compared to the DCI format 0, and thus has a larger message size, and further includes additional control information in the control information included in the DCI format 0. That is, the DCI format 4 further includes a modulation and coding scheme for the second transport block, precoding information for multi-antenna transmission, and sounding reference signal request (SRS request) information. On the other hand, since DCI format 4 has a size larger than DCI format 0, it does not include an offset that distinguishes DCI format 0 and 1A.
하향링크 스케줄링 할당에 관련된 DCI 포맷 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, 2C는 크게 공간 다중화를 지원하지 않는 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D 와 공간 다중화를 지원하는 2, 2A, 2B, 2C 로 구분될 수 있다.DCI formats 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 2B, and 2C related to downlink scheduling allocation do not significantly support spatial multiplexing, but 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 2, which support spatial multiplexing, It can be divided into 2A, 2B, and 2C.
DCI 포맷 1C는 컴팩트 하향링크 할당으로서 주파수 연속적 할당만을 지원하며, 다른 포맷들과 비교해 반송파 오프셋, 리던던시 버전을 포함하지 않는다.DCI format 1C supports only frequency continuous allocation as a compact downlink allocation and does not include a carrier offset and a redundant version as compared to other formats.
DCI 포맷 1A는 하향링크 스케줄링 및 랜덤 액세스 절차를 위한 포맷이다. 여기에는 반송파 오프셋, 하향링크 분산형 전송이 사용되는지 여부를 알려주는 표시자, PDSCH 자원 할당 정보, 변조 및 부호화 방식, 리던던시 버전, 소프트 컴바이닝을 위해 사용되는 프로세서를 알려주기 위한 HARQ 프로세서 번호, HARQ 프로세스와 관련해 초기전송을 위해 버퍼를 비우는데 사용되는 새 데이터 오프셋, PUCCH를 위한 전송전력 제어명령, TDD 동작에서 필요한 상향링크 인덱스 등을 포함할 수 있다.DCI format 1A is a format for downlink scheduling and random access procedures. This includes an indicator indicating whether carrier offset, downlink distributed transmission is used, PDSCH resource allocation information, modulation and coding scheme, redundancy version, HARQ processor number to inform processor used for soft combining, HARQ The process may include a new data offset used to empty the buffer for initial transmission, a transmit power control command for PUCCH, and an uplink index required for TDD operation.
DCI 포맷 1의 경우 대부분의 제어정보가 DCI 포맷 1A과 유사하다. 다만, DCI 포맷 1A가 연속적인 자원 할당에 관련된 것과 비교해, DCI 포맷 1은 비연속적 자원 할당을 지원한다. 따라서 DCI 포맷 1은 자원할당 헤더를 더 포함하므로 자원할당의 유연성이 증가하는 것의 트레이드 오프로서 제어 시그널링 오버헤드는 다소 증가한다.In the case of DCI format 1, most of the control information is similar to DCI format 1A. However, compared to DCI format 1A related to continuous resource allocation, DCI format 1 supports non-contiguous resource allocation. Therefore, DCI format 1 further includes a resource allocation header, so that control signaling overhead is somewhat increased as a trade-off of increasing flexibility of resource allocation.
DCI 포맷 1B, 1D의 경우에는 DCI 포맷 1과 비교해 프리코딩 정보를 더 포함하는 점에서 공통된다. DCI 포맷 1B는 PMI 확인을, DCI 포맷 1D는 하향링크 전력 오프셋 정보를 각각 포함한다. 그 외 DCI 포맷 1B, 1D에 포함된 제어정보는 DCI 포맷 1A의 경우와 대부분 일치한다.DCI formats 1B and 1D are common in that precoding information is further included as compared with DCI format 1. DCI format 1B includes PMI verification and DCI format 1D includes downlink power offset information. The control information included in the DCI formats 1B and 1D is mostly identical to that of the DCI format 1A.
DCI 포맷 2, 2A, 2B, 2C는 기본적으로 DCI 포맷 1A에 포함된 제어정보들을 대부분 포함하면서, 공간 다중화를 위한 정보들을 더 포함한다. 여기에는 두 번째 전송 블록에 관한 변조 및 부호화 방식, 새 데이터 오프셋 및 리던던시 버전이 해당된다. The DCI formats 2, 2A, 2B, and 2C basically include most of the control information included in the DCI format 1A, and further include information for spatial multiplexing. This includes the modulation and coding scheme, the new data offset, and the redundancy version for the second transport block.
DCI 포맷 2는 폐루프 공간 다중화를 지원하며, 2A는 개루프 공간 다중화를 지원한다. 양자 모두 프리코딩 정보를 포함한다. DCI 포맷 2B는 빔 포밍과 결합된 듀얼 레이어 공간 다중화를 지원하며 DMRS를 위한 순환이동 정보를 더 포함한다. DCI 포맷 2C는 DCI 포맷 2B의 확장으로 이해될 수 있으며 여덟개의 레이어까지 공공간 다중화를 지원한다. DCI format 2 supports closed-loop spatial multiplexing, while 2A supports open-loop spatial multiplexing. Both contain precoding information. DCI format 2B supports dual layer spatial multiplexing combined with beamforming and further includes cyclic shift information for DMRS. DCI format 2C can be understood as an extension of DCI format 2B and supports public multiplexing up to eight layers.
DCI 포맷 3, 3A는 전술한 상향링크 스케줄링 승인 및 하향링크 스케줄링 할당을 위한 DCI 포맷들에 포함되어 있는 전송전력 제어 정보를 보완, 즉 반-지속적(semi-persistent) 스케줄링을 지원하기 위해 사용될 수 있다. DCI 포맷 3의 경우 단말당 1bit, 3A의 경우 2bit의 명령이 사용된다. DCI formats 3 and 3A may be used to supplement transmission power control information included in DCI formats for uplink scheduling grant and downlink scheduling assignment, that is, to support semi-persistent scheduling. . In the case of DCI format 3, 1 bit per terminal and 2 bit in 3A are used.
상술한 바와 같은 DCI 포맷 중 어느 하나는 하나의 PDCCH를 통해 전송되며, 복수의 PDCCH가 제어 영역 내에서 전송될 수 있다. 단말은 복수의 PDCCH를 모니터링 할 수 있다.Any one of the above-described DCI formats may be transmitted through one PDCCH, and a plurality of PDCCHs may be transmitted in a control region. The terminal may monitor the plurality of PDCCHs.
PDCCH 프로세싱PDCCH Processing
PDCCH상에서 DCI를 전송함에 있어서, DCI에 순환잉여검사(Cyclic Redundancy Check, CRC)가 붙고 이 과정에서 무선네트워크임시식별자(Radio network temporary identifier, RNTI)가 마스킹된다. 여기서 RNTI는 DCI의 전송 목적에 따라 서로 다른 RNTI가 사용될 수 있다. 구체적으로, 네트워크 개시(network initiated) 연결설정에 관련된 페이징 메시지의 경우 P-RNTI가, 랜덤 액세스에 관련된 경우 RA-RNTI가, 시스템 정보 블록(System Information Block, SIB)에 관한 것이면 SI-RNTI가 사용될 수 있다. 또한 유니캐스트(unicast) 전송의 경우 유일한 단말 식별자인 C-RNTI가 사용될 수 있다. CRC가 붙은 DCI는 소정 코드로 부호화되고, 이후 레이트-매칭(rate-matching) 을 통해 전송에 사용되는 자원의 양에 맞게 조절된다. In transmitting the DCI on the PDCCH, a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) is attached to the DCI, and in this process, a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) is masked. Here, the RNTI may use different RNTIs according to the purpose of transmitting the DCI. Specifically, the P-RNTI is used for a paging message related to network initiated connection establishment, the RA-RNTI is used for random access, and the SI-RNTI is used for a system information block (SIB). Can be. In the case of unicast transmission, C-RNTI, which is a unique terminal identifier, may be used. DCI with CRC is coded with a predetermined code and then adjusted to the amount of resources used for transmission through rate-matching.
위와 같은 PDCCH의 전송에 있어서, 효율적인 프로세싱을 위해 PDCCH를 RE들에 매핑할 때 연속된 논리할당단위인 제어채널요소(Control Channel Element, CCE)를 사용한다. CCE는 36개의 RE로 이루어져 있으며, 이는 자원요소그룹(Resource element group, REG) 단위로는 9개에 해당한다. 특정한 PDCCH를 위해 필요한 CCE의 개수는 제어정보의 크기인 DCI 페이로드, 셀 대역폭, 채널 부호화율 등에 따라 달라진다. 구체적으로 특정한 PDCCH를 위한 CCE의 개수는 다음 표 1과 같이 PDCCH 포맷에 따라 정의될 수 있다.In the transmission of the PDCCH as described above, when the PDCCH is mapped to the REs for efficient processing, a control channel element (CCE), which is a continuous logical allocation unit, is used. The CCE is composed of 36 REs, which corresponds to 9 units in a resource element group (REG). The number of CCEs required for a specific PDCCH depends on the DCI payload, cell bandwidth, channel coding rate, etc., which are the size of control information. In more detail, the number of CCEs for a specific PDCCH may be defined according to the PDCCH format as shown in Table 1 below.
표 1
PDCCH 포맷 CCE 개수 REG 개수 PDCCH 비트수
0 1 9 72
1 2 18 144
2 4 36 288
3 8 72 576
Table 1
PDCCH Format CCE Count REG Count PDCCH Bits
0 One 9 72
One 2 18 144
2 4 36 288
3 8 72 576
상기 표 1에서 알 수 있듯이 PDCCH 포맷에 따라 CCE의 개수가 달라지는데, 예를 들어 송신측은 PDCCH 포맷 0을 사용하다가 채널 상태가 나빠지는 경우 PDCCH 포맷을 2로 변경하는 등 적응적으로 PDCCH 포맷을 사용할 수 있다.As can be seen from Table 1, the number of CCEs varies according to the PDCCH format. For example, the transmitter may use the PDCCH format 0 and then adaptively use the PDCCH format by changing the PDCCH format to 2 when the channel condition worsens. have.
블라인드 복호(Blind decoding)Blind decoding
PDCCH는 앞서 설명된 바와 같이 네가지 포맷 중 어느 하나의 포맷이 사용될 수 있는데, 이는 단말에게 알려지지 않는다. 따라서 단말의 입장에서는 PDCCH 포맷을 알지 못한 채 복호를 하여야 하는데, 이를 블라인드 복호라 한다. 다만, 단말이 하향링크에 사용되는 가능한 모든 CCE를 각 PDCCH 포맷에 대하여 복호하는 것은 큰 부담이 되므로, 스케줄러에 대한 제약과 복호 시도 횟수를 고려하여 탐색공간(Search Space)이 정의된다. As described above, the PDCCH may use any one of four formats, which is not known to the UE. Therefore, the UE needs to decode without knowing the PDCCH format, which is called blind decoding. However, since it is a heavy burden for the UE to decode all possible CCEs used for downlink for each PDCCH format, a search space is defined in consideration of the scheduler limitation and the number of decoding attempts.
즉, 탐색공간은 집합레벨(Aggregation Level) 상에서 단말이 복호를 시도해야 하는 CCE들로 이루어진 후보 PDCCH의 집합이다. 여기서 집합레벨 및 PDCCH 후보의 수는 다음 표 2와 같이 정의될 수 있다.That is, the search space is a set of candidate PDCCHs consisting of CCEs that the UE should attempt to decode on an aggregation level. Here, the aggregation level and the number of PDCCH candidates may be defined as shown in Table 2 below.
표 2
탐색공간 PDCCH 후보수
집합레벨 크기(CCE)
단말 특정 1 6 6
2 12 6
4 8 2
8 16 2
공통 4 16 4
8 16 2
TABLE 2
Navigation PDCCH Candidates
Set level Size (CCE)
Terminal specific One 6 6
2 12 6
4 8 2
8 16 2
common 4 16 4
8 16 2
상기 표 2에서 알 수 있듯이 4가지의 집합레벨이 존재하므로, 단말은 각 집합레벨에 따라 복수개의 탐색공간을 갖게 된다.As shown in Table 2, since four aggregation levels exist, the terminal has a plurality of search spaces according to each aggregation level.
또한 상기 표 2에서와 같이 탐색공간은 단말 특정 탐색공간과 공통 탐색공간으로 구분될 수 있다. 단말 특정 탐색공간은 특정한 단말들을 위한 것으로서 각 단말은 단말 특정 탐색공간을 모니터링(가능한 DCI 포맷에 따라 PDCCH 후보 집합에 대해 복호를 시도하는 것)하여 PDCCH에 마스킹되어 있는 RNTI 및 CRC를 확인하여 유효하면 제어정보를 획득할 수 있다.In addition, as shown in Table 2, the search space may be divided into a terminal specific search space and a common search space. The UE-specific discovery space is for specific UEs, and each UE monitors the UE-specific discovery space (attempting to decode a PDCCH candidate set according to a possible DCI format) to check the RNTI and CRC masked on the PDCCH. Control information can be obtained.
공통 탐색공간은 시스템 정보에 대한 동적 스케줄링이나 페이징 메시지 등 복수개의 단말 또는 모든 단말들이 PDCCH를 수신해야 할 필요가 있는 경우를 위한 것이다. 다만, 공통 탐색공간은 자원 운용상 특정 단말을 위한 것으로 사용될 수도 있다. 또한, 공통 탐색공간은 단말 특정 탐색공간과 오버랩될 수도 있다. The common search space is for a case where a plurality of terminals or all terminals need to receive the PDCCH, such as dynamic scheduling or paging message for system information. However, the common search space may be used for a specific terminal for resource management. In addition, the common search space may overlap with the terminal specific search space.
도 4는 상향링크 서브프레임의 구조를 나타내는 도면이다. 상향링크 서브프레임은 주파수 영역에서 제어 영역과 데이터 영역으로 분할될 수 있다. 제어 영역에는 상향링크 제어 정보를 포함하는 물리상향링크제어채널(Physical Uplink Control Channel; PUCCH)이 할당된다. 데이터 영역에는 사용자 데이터를 포함하는 물리상향링크공유채널(Physical uplink shared channel; PUSCH)이 할당된다. 단일 반송파 특성을 유지하기 위해서, 하나의 단말은 PUCCH와 PUSCH를 동시에 전송하지 않는다. 하나의 단말에 대한 PUCCH는 서브프레임에서 자원블록 쌍(RB pair)에 할당된다. 자원블록 쌍에 속하는 자원블록들은 2 슬롯에 대하여 상이한 부반송파를 차지한다. 이를 PUCCH에 할당되는 자원블록 쌍이 슬롯 경계에서 주파수-호핑(frequency-hopped)된다고 한다.4 is a diagram illustrating a structure of an uplink subframe. The uplink subframe may be divided into a control region and a data region in the frequency domain. A physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) including uplink control information is allocated to the control region. In the data area, a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) including user data is allocated. In order to maintain a single carrier characteristic, one UE does not simultaneously transmit a PUCCH and a PUSCH. PUCCH for one UE is allocated to an RB pair in a subframe. Resource blocks belonging to a resource block pair occupy different subcarriers for two slots. This is called a resource block pair allocated to the PUCCH is frequency-hopped at the slot boundary.
물리상향링크제어채널(PUCCH)Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)
PUCCH를 통하여 전송되는 상향링크 제어 정보(UCI)는, 스케줄링 요청(Scheduling Request; SR), HARQ ACK/NACK 정보, 및 하향링크 채널 측정 정보를 포함할 수 있다. The uplink control information (UCI) transmitted through the PUCCH may include a scheduling request (SR), HARQ ACK / NACK information, and downlink channel measurement information.
HARQ ACK/NACK 정보는 PDSCH 상의 하향링크 데이터 패킷의 디코딩 성공 여부에 따라 생성될 수 있다. 기존의 무선 통신 시스템에서, 하향링크 단일 코드워드(codeword) 전송에 대해서는 ACK/NACK 정보로서 1 비트가 전송되고, 하향링크 2 코드워드 전송에 대해서는 ACK/NACK 정보로서 2 비트가 전송된다. HARQ ACK / NACK information may be generated according to whether the decoding of the downlink data packet on the PDSCH is successful. In a conventional wireless communication system, one bit is transmitted as ACK / NACK information for downlink single codeword transmission, and two bits are transmitted as ACK / NACK information for downlink 2 codeword transmission.
채널 측정 정보는 다중입출력(Multiple Input Multiple Output; MIMO) 기법과 관련된 피드백 정보를 지칭하며, 채널품질지시자(Channel Quality Indicator; CQI), 프리코딩행렬인덱스(Precoding Matrix Index; PMI) 및 랭크지시자(Rank Indicator; RI)를 포함할 수 있다. 이들 채널 측정 정보를 통칭하여 CQI 라고 표현할 수도 있다. CQI 의 전송을 위하여 서브프레임 당 20 비트가 사용될 수 있다. The channel measurement information refers to feedback information related to a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) scheme, and includes channel quality indicator (CQI), precoding matrix index (PMI), and rank indicator (Rank). Indicator (RI). These channel measurement information may be collectively expressed as CQI. 20 bits per subframe may be used for transmission of the CQI.
PUCCH는 BPSK(Binary Phase Shift Keying)과 QPSK(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) 기법을 사용하여 변조될 수 있다. PUCCH를 통하여 복수개의 단말의 제어 정보가 전송될 수 있고, 각 단말들의 신호를 구별하기 위하여 코드분할다중화(Code Division Multiplexing; CDM)을 수행하는 경우에 길이 12 의 CAZAC(Constant Amplitude Zero Autocorrelation) 시퀀스를 주로 사용한다. CAZAC 시퀀스는 시간 영역(time domain) 및 주파수 영역(frequency domain)에서 일정한 크기(amplitude)를 유지하는 특성을 가지므로 단말의 PAPR(Peak-to-Average Power Ratio) 또는 CM(Cubic Metric)을 낮추어 커버리지를 증가시키기에 적합한 성질을 가진다. 또한, PUCCH를 통해 전송되는 하향링크 데이터 전송에 대한 ACK/NACK 정보는 직교 시퀀스(orthgonal sequence) 또는 직교 커버(orthogonal cover; OC)를 이용하여 커버링된다.PUCCH may be modulated using Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) and Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK). Control information of a plurality of terminals may be transmitted through the PUCCH, and a constant amplitude zero autocorrelation (CAZAC) sequence having a length of 12 when code division multiplexing (CDM) is performed to distinguish signals of the terminals Mainly used. Since the CAZAC sequence has a characteristic of maintaining a constant amplitude in the time domain and the frequency domain, the coverage is reduced by reducing the Peak-to-Average Power Ratio (PAPR) or the Cubic Metric (CM) of the UE. It has a suitable property to increase. In addition, ACK / NACK information for downlink data transmission transmitted through the PUCCH is covered using an orthogonal sequence or an orthogonal cover (OC).
또한, PUCCH 상으로 전송되는 제어정보는 서로 다른 순환 시프트(cyclic shift; CS) 값을 가지는 순환 시프트된 시퀀스(cyclically shifted sequence)를 이용하여 구별될 수 있다. 순환 시프트된 시퀀스는 기본 시퀀스(base sequence)를 특정 CS 양(cyclic shift amount) 만큼 순환 시프트시켜 생성할 수 있다. 특정 CS 양은 순환 시프트 인덱스(CS index)에 의해 지시된다. 채널의 지연 확산(delay spread)에 따라 사용 가능한 순환 시프트의 수는 달라질 수 있다. 다양한 종류의 시퀀스가 기본 시퀀스로 사용될 수 있으며, 전술한 CAZAC 시퀀스는 그 일례이다. In addition, the control information transmitted on the PUCCH can be distinguished using a cyclically shifted sequence having different cyclic shift (CS) values. The cyclically shifted sequence may be generated by cyclically shifting a base sequence by a specific cyclic shift amount. The specific CS amount is indicated by the cyclic shift index (CS index). The number of cyclic shifts available may vary depending on the delay spread of the channel. Various kinds of sequences may be used as the base sequence, and the above-described CAZAC sequence is one example.
또한, 단말이 하나의 서브프레임에서 전송할 수 있는 제어 정보의 양은 제어 정보의 전송에 이용 가능한 SC-FDMA 심볼의 개수(즉, PUCCH 의 코히어런트(coherent) 검출을 위한 참조신호(RS) 전송에 이용되는 SC-FDMA 심볼을 제외한 SC-FDMA 심볼들)에 따라 결정될 수 있다. In addition, the amount of control information that the UE can transmit in one subframe is based on the number of SC-FDMA symbols available for transmission of control information (ie, RS transmission for coherent detection of PUCCH). SC-FDMA symbols except for the SC-FDMA symbol used).
PUCCH 포맷 1은 SR의 단독 전송에 사용된다. SR 단독 전송의 경우에는 변조되지 않은 파형이 적용되며, 이에 대해서는 후술하여 자세하게 설명한다. PUCCH format 1 is used for single transmission of SR. In the case of SR transmission alone, an unmodulated waveform is applied, which will be described later in detail.
PUCCH 포맷 1a 또는 1b는 HARQ ACK/NACK의 전송에 사용된다. 임의의 서브프레임에서 HARQ ACK/NACK이 단독으로 전송되는 경우에는 PUCCH 포맷 1a 또는 1b를 사용할 수 있다. 또는, PUCCH 포맷 1a 또는 1b를 사용하여 HARQ ACK/NACK 및 SR 이 동일 서브프레임에서 전송될 수도 있다. PUCCH format 1a or 1b is used for transmission of HARQ ACK / NACK. When HARQ ACK / NACK is transmitted alone in any subframe, PUCCH format 1a or 1b may be used. Alternatively, HARQ ACK / NACK and SR may be transmitted in the same subframe using PUCCH format 1a or 1b.
PUCCH 포맷 2는 CQI의 전송에 사용되고, PUCCH 포맷 2a 또는 2b는 CQI 및 HARQ ACK/NACK의 전송에 사용된다. 확장된 CP 의 경우에는 PUCCH 포맷 2가 CQI 및 HARQ ACK/NACK 의 전송에 사용될 수도 있다. PUCCH format 2 is used for transmission of CQI, and PUCCH format 2a or 2b is used for transmission of CQI and HARQ ACK / NACK. In the case of an extended CP, PUCCH format 2 may be used for transmission of CQI and HARQ ACK / NACK.
도 5는 상향링크 물리자원블록에서 PUCCH 포맷들이 PUCCH 영역들에 매핑되는 형태를 도시한다. 도 5에서
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000001
는 상향링크에서의 자원블록의 개수를 나타내고, 0, 1,...
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000002
는 물리자원블록의 번호를 의미한다. 기본적으로, PUCCH는 상향링크 주파수 블록의 양쪽 끝단(edge)에 매핑된다. 도 6 에서 도시하는 바와 같이, m=0,1 로 표시되는 PUCCH 영역에 PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b 가 매핑되며, 이는 PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b 가 대역-끝단(band-edge)에 위치한 자원블록들에 매핑되는 것으로 표현할 수 있다. 또한, m=2 로 표시되는 PUCCH 영역에 PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b 및 PUCCH 포맷 1/1a/1b 가 함께(mixed) 매핑될 수 있다. 다음으로, m=3,4,5 로 표시되는 PUCCH 영역에 PUCCH 포맷 1/1a/1b 가 매핑될 수 있다. PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b 에 의해 사용가능한 PUCCH RB들의 개수(
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000003
)는 브로드캐스팅 시그널링에 의해서 셀 내의 단말들에게 지시될 수 있다.
5 shows a form in which PUCCH formats are mapped to PUCCH regions in an uplink physical resource block. In Figure 5
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000001
Denotes the number of resource blocks in uplink, and 0, 1, ...
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000002
Is the number of the physical resource block. Basically, the PUCCH is mapped to both edges of the uplink frequency block. As shown in FIG. 6, PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b is mapped to a PUCCH region represented by m = 0,1, which means that the PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b is located at a band-edge. It can be expressed as being mapped to blocks. In addition, PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b and PUCCH format 1 / 1a / 1b may be mixed together in a PUCCH region indicated by m = 2. Next, the PUCCH format 1 / 1a / 1b may be mapped to the PUCCH region represented by m = 3, 4, 5. Number of PUCCH RBs available by PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000003
) May be indicated to terminals in a cell by broadcasting signaling.
PUCCH 자원PUCCH Resources
UE는 상항링크 제어정보(UCI)의 전송을 위한 PUCCH 자원을, 상위(higher) 레이어 시그널링을 통한 명시적(explicit) 방식 혹은 암묵적(implicit) 방식에 의해 기지국(BS)로부터 할당 받는다.The UE allocates PUCCH resources for transmission of uplink link control information (UCI) from the base station (BS) by an explicit method or an implicit method through higher layer signaling.
ACK/NACK의 경우에, 단말에 대해서 상위 계층에 의해 복수개의 PUCCH 자원 후보들이 설정될 수 있고, 그 중에서 어떤 PUCCH 자원을 사용하는지는 암묵적인 방식으로 결정될 수 있다. 예를 들어, UE는 BS로부터 PDSCH를 수신하고 상기 PDSCH 에 대한 스케줄링 정보를 나르는 PDCCH 자원에 의해 암묵적으로 결정된 PUCCH 자원을 통해 해당 데이터 유닛에 대한 ACK/NACK이 전송될 수 있다. In the case of ACK / NACK, a plurality of PUCCH resource candidates may be configured by a higher layer for the UE, and which PUCCH resource is used, may be determined in an implicit manner. For example, the UE may transmit an ACK / NACK for the corresponding data unit through a PUCCH resource that is implicitly determined by the PDCCH resource that receives the PDSCH from the BS and carries scheduling information for the PDSCH.
도 6은 ACK/NACK을 위한 PUCCH 자원을 결정하는 예를 나타낸다. 6 shows an example of determining a PUCCH resource for ACK / NACK.
LTE 시스템에서 ACK/NACK을 위한 PUCCH 자원은 각 UE에 미리 할당되어 있지 않고, 복수의 PUCCH 자원을 셀 내의 복수의 UE들이 매 시점마다 나눠서 사용한다. 구체적으로, UE가 ACK/NACK을 전송하는 데 사용하는 PUCCH 자원은 해당 하향링크 데이터를 나르는 PDSCH에 대한 스케줄링 정보를 나르는 PDCCH를 기반으로 암묵적 방식으로 결정된다. 각각의 DL 서브프레임에서 PDCCH가 전송되는 전체 영역은 복수의 CCE(Control Channel Element)로 구성되고, UE에게 전송되는 PDCCH는 하나 이상의 CCE로 구성된다. CCE는 복수(예를 들어, 9개)의 REG(Resource Element Group)를 포함한다. 하나의 REG는 참조 신호(Reference Signal: RS)를 제외한 상태에서 이웃하는 네 개의 RE(Resource Element)로 구성된다. UE는 자신이 수신한 PDCCH를 구성하는 CCE들의 인덱스들 중 특정 CCE 인덱스(예를 들어, 첫 번째 혹은 가장 낮은 CCE 인덱스)의 함수에 의해 유도(derive) 혹은 계산(calculate)되는 암묵적 PUCCH 자원을 통해 ACK/NACK을 전송한다. In the LTE system, the PUCCH resources for ACK / NACK are not pre-allocated to each UE, and a plurality of PUCCH resources are divided and used every time by a plurality of UEs in a cell. Specifically, the PUCCH resource used by the UE to transmit ACK / NACK is determined in an implicit manner based on the PDCCH carrying scheduling information for the PDSCH carrying the corresponding downlink data. The entire region in which the PDCCH is transmitted in each DL subframe consists of a plurality of control channel elements (CCEs), and the PDCCH transmitted to the UE consists of one or more CCEs. The CCE includes a plurality (eg, nine) Resource Element Groups (REGs). One REG is composed of four neighboring REs in the state excluding a reference signal (RS). The UE uses an implicit PUCCH resource derived or calculated by a function of a specific CCE index (eg, the first or lowest CCE index) among the indexes of CCEs constituting the PDCCH received by the UE. Send ACK / NACK.
도 6을 참조하면, 각각의 PUCCH 자원 인덱스는 ACK/NACK을 위한 PUCCH 자원에 대응된다. 도 6에서와 같이, 4~6번 CCE로 구성된 PDCCH를 통해 PDSCH에 대한 스케줄링 정보가 UE에 전송된다고 가정할 경우, 상기 UE는 상기 PDCCH를 구성하는 최저 CCE인 4번 CCE의 인덱스로부터 유도 혹은 계산된 PUCCH, 예를 들어, 4번 PUCCH를 통해 ACK/NACK을 BS에 전송한다. 도 6은 DL에 최대 M'개의 CCE가 존재하고, UL에 최대 M개의 PUCCH가 존재하는 경우를 예시한다. M'=M일 수도 있으나, M'값과 M값이 다르게 설계되고, CCE와 PUCCH 자원의 맵핑이 겹치게 하는 것도 가능하다.Referring to FIG. 6, each PUCCH resource index corresponds to a PUCCH resource for ACK / NACK. As shown in FIG. 6, when it is assumed that scheduling information for a PDSCH is transmitted to a UE through a PDCCH configured with 4 to 6 CCEs, the UE derives or calculates the index from the 4th CCE, which is the lowest CCE constituting the PDCCH. The ACK / NACK is transmitted to the BS through the PUCCH, for example, the 4th PUCCH. FIG. 6 illustrates a case in which up to M ′ CCEs exist in a DL and up to M PUCCHs exist in a UL. M 'may be M, but M' and M may be designed differently, and mapping of CCE and PUCCH resources may overlap.
예를 들어, PUCCH 자원 인덱스는 다음과 같이 정해질 수 있다.For example, the PUCCH resource index may be determined as follows.
수학식 1
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-M000001
Equation 1
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-M000001
여기서, n(1)PUCCH는 ACK/NACK 전송을 위한 PUCCH 자원 인덱스를 나타내고, N(1)PUCCH는 상위 레이어로부터 전달받는 시그널링 값을 나타낸다. nCCE는 PDCCH 전송에 사용된 CCE 인덱스 중에서 가장 작은 값을 나타낼 수 있다. PUCCH에 대해 보다 상세히 살며보면 다음과 같다.Here, n (1) PUCCH represents a PUCCH resource index for ACK / NACK transmission, and N (1) PUCCH represents a signaling value received from an upper layer. nCCE may indicate the smallest value among the CCE indexes used for PDCCH transmission. Looking at the PUCCH in more detail as follows.
PUCCH 채널 구조PUCCH Channel Structure
PUCCH 포맷 1a 및 1b에 대하여 먼저 설명한다. The PUCCH formats 1a and 1b will be described first.
PUCCH 포맷 1a/1b에 있어서 BPSK 또는 QPSK 변조 방식을 이용하여 변조된 심볼은 길이 12 의 CAZAC 시퀀스로 승산(multiply)된다. 예를 들어, 변조 심볼 d(0)에 길이 N 의 CAZAC 시퀀스 r(n) (n=0, 1, 2, ..., N-1) 가 승산된 결과는 y(0), y(1), y(2), ..., y(N-1) 이 된다. y(0), ..., y(N-1) 심볼들을 심볼 블록(block of symbol)이라고 칭할 수 있다. 변조 심볼에 CAZAC 시퀀스를 승산한 후에, 직교 시퀀스를 이용한 블록-단위(block-wise) 확산이 적용된다. In the PUCCH format 1a / 1b, a symbol modulated using a BPSK or QPSK modulation scheme is multiply multiplied by a CAZAC sequence having a length of 12. For example, the result of multiplying modulation symbol d (0) by length CAZAC sequence r (n) (n = 0, 1, 2, ..., N-1) is y (0), y (1). ), y (2), ..., y (N-1). The y (0), ..., y (N-1) symbols may be referred to as a block of symbols. After multiplying the CAZAC sequence by the modulation symbol, block-wise spreading using an orthogonal sequence is applied.
일반 ACK/NACK 정보에 대해서는 길이 4의 하다마드(Hadamard) 시퀀스가 사용되고, 짧은(shortened) ACK/NACK 정보 및 참조신호(Reference Signal)에 대해서는 길이 3의 DFT(Discrete Fourier Transform) 시퀀스가 사용된다. 확장된 CP의 경우의 참조신호에 대해서는 길이 2의 하다마드 시퀀스가 사용된다. A Hadamard sequence of length 4 is used for general ACK / NACK information, and a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) sequence of length 3 is used for shortened ACK / NACK information and a reference signal. A Hadamard sequence of length 2 is used for the reference signal in the case of an extended CP.
도 7은 일반 CP의 경우에 ACK/NACK 채널의 구조를 나타낸다. 도 7에서는 CQI 없이 HARQ ACK/NACK 전송을 위한 PUCCH 채널 구조를 예시적으로 나타낸다. 하나의 슬롯에 포함되는 7 개의 SC-FDMA 심볼 중 중간 부분의 3개의 연속되는 SC-FDMA 심볼에는 참조신호(RS)가 실리고, 나머지 4 개의 SC-FDMA 심볼에는 ACK/NACK 신호가 실린다. 한편, 확장된 CP 의 경우에는 중간의 2 개의 연속되는 심볼에 RS 가 실릴 수 있다. RS에 사용되는 심볼의 개수 및 위치는 제어채널에 따라 달라질 수 있으며 이와 연관된 ACK/NACK 신호에 사용되는 심볼의 개수 및 위치도 그에 따라 변경될 수 있다. 7 shows a structure of an ACK / NACK channel in case of a normal CP. 7 exemplarily shows a PUCCH channel structure for HARQ ACK / NACK transmission without CQI. A reference signal RS is carried on three consecutive SC-FDMA symbols in the middle of seven SC-FDMA symbols included in one slot, and an ACK / NACK signal is carried on the remaining four SC-FDMA symbols. Meanwhile, in the case of an extended CP, RS may be carried on two consecutive symbols in the middle. The number and position of symbols used for the RS may vary depending on the control channel, and the number and position of symbols used for the ACK / NACK signal associated therewith may also be changed accordingly.
1 비트 및 2 비트의 확인응답 정보(스크램블링되지 않은 상태)는 각각 BPSK 및 QPSK 변조 기법을 사용하여 하나의 HARQ ACK/NACK 변조 심볼로 표현될 수 있다. 긍정확인응답(ACK)은 '1' 로 인코딩될 수 있고, 부정확인응답(NACK)은 '0'으로 인코딩될 수 있다. 1 bit and 2 bit acknowledgment information (unscrambled state) may be represented by one HARQ ACK / NACK modulation symbol using BPSK and QPSK modulation techniques, respectively. The acknowledgment (ACK) may be encoded as '1', and the negative acknowledgment (NACK) may be encoded as '0'.
할당되는 대역 내에서 제어신호를 전송할 때, 다중화 용량을 높이기 위해 2 차원 확산이 적용된다. 즉, 다중화할 수 있는 단말 수 또는 제어 채널의 수를 높이기 위해 주파수 영역 확산과 시간 영역 확산을 동시에 적용한다. ACK/NACK 신호를 주파수 영역에서 확산시키기 위해 주파수 영역 시퀀스를 기본 시퀀스로 사용한다. 주파수 영역 시퀀스로는 CAZAC 시퀀스 중 하나인 Zadoff-Chu (ZC) 시퀀스를 사용할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 기본 시퀀스인 ZC 시퀀스에 서로 다른 순환 시프트(Cyclic Shift; CS)가 적용됨으로써, 서로 다른 단말 또는 서로 다른 제어 채널의 다중화가 적용될 수 있다. HARQ ACK/NACK 전송을 위한 PUCCH RB 들을 위한 SC-FDMA 심볼에서 지원되는 CS 자원의 개수는 셀-특정 상위-계층 시그널링 파라미터(
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000004
)에 의해서 설정되며,
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000005
∈{1, 2, 3} 은 각각 12, 6 또는 4 시프트를 나타낸다.
When transmitting control signals in the allocated band, two-dimensional spreading is applied to increase the multiplexing capacity. That is, frequency domain spreading and time domain spreading are simultaneously applied to increase the number of terminals or control channels that can be multiplexed. In order to spread the ACK / NACK signal in the frequency domain, a frequency domain sequence is used as the base sequence. As the frequency domain sequence, a Zadoff-Chu (ZC) sequence, which is one of the CAZAC sequences, may be used. For example, different cyclic shifts (CS) are applied to a ZC sequence, which is a basic sequence, so that multiplexing of different terminals or different control channels may be applied. The number of CS resources supported in an SC-FDMA symbol for PUCCH RBs for HARQ ACK / NACK transmission is determined by a cell-specific higher-layer signaling parameter (
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000004
),
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000005
∈ {1, 2, 3} represents 12, 6 or 4 shift, respectively.
주파수 영역 확산된 ACK/NACK 신호는 직교 확산(spreading) 코드를 사용하여 시간 영역에서 확산된다. 직교 확산 코드로는 월시-하다마드(Walsh-Hadamard) 시퀀스 또는 DFT 시퀀스가 사용될 수 있다. 예를 들어, ACK/NACK 신호는 4 심볼에 대해 길이 4의 직교 시퀀스(w0, w1, w2, w3)를 이용하여 확산될 수 있다. 또한, RS도 길이 3 또는 길이 2의 직교 시퀀스를 통해 확산시킨다. 이를 직교 커버링(Orthogonal Covering; OC)이라 한다. The frequency domain spread ACK / NACK signal is spread in the time domain using an orthogonal spreading code. As the orthogonal spreading code, a Walsh-Hadamard sequence or a DFT sequence may be used. For example, the ACK / NACK signal may be spread using orthogonal sequences w0, w1, w2, and w3 of length 4 for four symbols. RS is also spread through an orthogonal sequence of length 3 or length 2. This is called orthogonal covering (OC).
전술한 바와 같은 주파수 영역에서의 CS 자원 및 시간 영역에서의 OC 자원을 이용해서 다수의 단말들이 코드분할다중화(Code Division Multiplex ; CDM) 방식으로 다중화될 수 있다. 즉, 동일한 PUCCH RB 상에서 많은 개수의 단말들의 ACK/NACK 정보 및 RS 가 다중화될 수 있다. A plurality of terminals may be multiplexed using a Code Division Multiplex (CDM) scheme using the CS resource in the frequency domain and the OC resource in the time domain as described above. That is, ACK / NACK information and RS of a large number of terminals may be multiplexed on the same PUCCH RB.
이와 같은 시간 영역 확산 CDM 에 대해서, ACK/NACK 정보에 대해서 지원되는 확산 코드들의 개수는 RS 심볼들의 개수에 의해서 제한된다. 즉, RS 전송 SC-FDMA 심볼들의 개수는 ACK/NACK 정보 전송 SC-FDMA 심볼들의 개수보다 적기 때문에, RS 의 다중화 용량(capacity)이 ACK/NACK 정보의 다중화 용량에 비하여 적게 된다. 예를 들어, 일반 CP 의 경우에 4 개의 심볼에서 ACK/NACK 정보가 전송될 수 있는데, ACK/NACK 정보를 위하여 4 개가 아닌 3 개의 직교 확산 코드가 사용되며, 이는 RS 전송 심볼의 개수가 3 개로 제한되어 RS 를 위하여 3 개의 직교 확산 코드만이 사용될 수 있기 때문이다. For this time domain spreading CDM, the number of spreading codes supported for ACK / NACK information is limited by the number of RS symbols. That is, since the number of RS transmission SC-FDMA symbols is smaller than the number of ACK / NACK information transmission SC-FDMA symbols, the multiplexing capacity of the RS is smaller than that of the ACK / NACK information. For example, in case of a normal CP, ACK / NACK information may be transmitted in four symbols. For the ACK / NACK information, three orthogonal spreading codes are used instead of four, which means that the number of RS transmission symbols is three. This is because only three orthogonal spreading codes can be used for the RS.
ACK/NACK 정보의 확산에 이용되는 직교 시퀀스의 일례는 표 3 및 표 4와 같다. 표 3는 길이 4 심볼에 대한 시퀀스를 나타내고, 표 4는 길이 3 심볼에 대한 시퀀스를 나타낸다. 길이 4 심볼에 대한 시퀀스는 일반적인 서브프레임 구성의 PUCCH 포맷 1/1a/1b에서 이용된다. 서브프레임 구성에 있어서 두 번째 슬롯의 마지막 심볼에서 SRS(Sounding Reference Signal)이 전송되는 등의 경우를 고려하여, 첫 번째 슬롯에서는 길이 4 심볼에 대한 시퀀스가 적용되고, 두 번째 슬롯에서는 길이 3 심볼에 대한 시퀀스의 짧은(shortened) PUCCH 포맷 1/1a/1b이 적용될 수 있다. Examples of orthogonal sequences used for spreading ACK / NACK information are shown in Tables 3 and 4. Table 3 shows the sequences for length 4 symbols and Table 4 shows the sequences for length 3 symbols. The sequence for the length 4 symbol is used in the PUCCH format 1 / 1a / 1b of the general subframe configuration. In the subframe configuration, a sequence of 4 symbols in length is applied in the first slot and 3 symbols in length in the second slot, taking into account a case in which a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) is transmitted in the last symbol of the second slot. The shortened PUCCH format 1 / 1a / 1b of the sequence may be applied.
표 3
sequence index {w(0), w(1), w(2), w(3)}
0 [+1 +1 +1 +1]
1 [+1 -1 +1 -1]
2 [+1 -1 -1 +1]
TABLE 3
sequence index {w (0), w (1), w (2), w (3)}
0 [+1 +1 +1 +1]
One [+1 -1 +1 -1]
2 [+1 -1 -1 +1]
표 4
sequence index (0), w(1), w(2), w(3)}
0 [1 1 1]
1 [1
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000006
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000007
]
2 [1
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000008
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000009
]
Table 4
sequence index (0), w (1), w (2), w (3)}
0 [1 1 1]
One [One
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000006
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000007
]
2 [One
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000008
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000009
]
한편, ACK/NACK 채널의 RS의 확산에 사용되는 직교 시퀀스의 일례는 표 5와 같다. Meanwhile, an example of an orthogonal sequence used for spreading RS of an ACK / NACK channel is shown in Table 5.
표 5
sequence index normal CP extended CP
0 [1 1 1] [1 1]
1 [1
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000010
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000011
]
[1 -1]
2 [1
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000012
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000013
]
N/A
Table 5
sequence index normal CP extended CP
0 [1 1 1] [1 1]
One [One
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000010
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000011
]
[1 -1]
2 [One
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000012
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000013
]
N / A
일반 CP 의 서브프레임에서 하나의 슬롯에서 3 개의 심볼이 RS 전송을 위해서 사용되고 4 개의 심볼이 ACK/NACK 정보 전송을 위해서 사용되는 경우에, 예를 들어, 주파수 영역에서 6 개의 순환시프트(CS) 및 시간 영역에서 3 개의 직교커버(OC) 자원을 사용할 수 있다면, 총 18 개의 상이한 단말로부터의 HARQ 확인응답이 하나의 PUCCH RB 내에서 다중화될 수 있다. 만약, 확장된 CP 의 서브프레임에서 하나의 슬롯에서 2 개의 심볼이 RS 전송을 위해서 사용되고 4 개의 심볼이 ACK/NACK 정보 전송을 위해서 사용되는 경우에, 예를 들어, 주파수 영역에서 6 개의 순환시프트(CS) 및 시간 영역에서 2 개의 직교커버(OC) 자원을 사용할 수 있다면, 총 12 개의 상이한 단말로부터의 HARQ 확인응답이 하나의 PUCCH RB 내에서 다중화될 수 있다. In the case where three symbols in one slot are used for RS transmission and four symbols are used for ACK / NACK information transmission in a subframe of a general CP, for example, six cyclic shifts (CS) and If three orthogonal cover (OC) resources are available in the time domain, HARQ acknowledgments from a total of 18 different terminals can be multiplexed within one PUCCH RB. If two symbols in one slot are used for RS transmission and four symbols are used for ACK / NACK information transmission in a subframe of an extended CP, for example, six cyclic shifts in the frequency domain ( If two orthogonal cover (OC) resources can be used in the CS) and the time domain, HARQ acknowledgments from a total of 12 different terminals can be multiplexed within one PUCCH RB.
다음으로, PUCCH 포맷 1에 대하여 설명한다. 스케줄링 요청(SR)은 단말이 스케줄링되기를 요청하거나 또는 요청하지 않는 방식으로 전송된다. SR 채널은 PUCCH 포맷 1a/1b 에서의 ACK/NACK 채널 구조를 재사용하고, ACK/NACK 채널 설계에 기초하여 OOK(On-Off Keying) 방식으로 구성된다. SR 채널에서는 참조신호가 전송되지 않는다. 따라서, 일반 CP 의 경우에는 길이 7 의 시퀀스가 이용되고, 확장된 CP 의 경우에는 길이 6 의 시퀀스가 이용된다. SR 및 ACK/NACK 에 대하여 상이한 순환 시프트 또는 직교 커버가 할당될 수 있다. 즉, 긍정(positive) SR 전송을 위해 단말은 SR용으로 할당된 자원을 통해 HARQ ACK/NACK을 전송한다. 부정(negative) SR 전송을 위해서는 단말은 ACK/NACK용으로 할당된 자원을 통해 HARQ ACK/NACK을 전송한다.Next, PUCCH format 1 will be described. The scheduling request SR is transmitted in such a manner that the terminal requests or does not request to be scheduled. The SR channel reuses the ACK / NACK channel structure in PUCCH formats 1a / 1b and is configured in an OOK (On-Off Keying) scheme based on the ACK / NACK channel design. Reference signals are not transmitted in the SR channel. Therefore, a sequence of length 7 is used for a general CP, and a sequence of length 6 is used for an extended CP. Different cyclic shifts or orthogonal covers may be assigned for SR and ACK / NACK. That is, for positive SR transmission, the UE transmits HARQ ACK / NACK through resources allocated for SR. In order to transmit a negative SR, the UE transmits HARQ ACK / NACK through a resource allocated for ACK / NACK.
다음으로, PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b에 대하여 설명한다. PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b는 채널 측정 피드백(CQI, PMI, RI)을 전송하기 위한 제어 채널이다. Next, the PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b will be described. PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b is a control channel for transmitting channel measurement feedback (CQI, PMI, RI).
채널측정피드백(이하에서는, 통칭하여 CQI 정보라고 표현함)의 보고 주기 및 측정 대상이 되는 주파수 단위(또는 주파수 해상도(resolution))는 기지국에 의하여 제어될 수 있다. 시간 영역에서 주기적 및 비주기적 CQI 보고가 지원될 수 있다. PUCCH 포맷 2 는 주기적 보고에만 사용되고, 비주기적 보고를 위해서는 PUSCH 가 사용될 수 있다. 비주기적 보고의 경우에 기지국은 단말에게 상향링크 데이터 전송을 위하여 스케줄링된 자원에 개별 CQI 보고를 실어서 전송할 것을 지시할 수 있다. The reporting period of the channel measurement feedback (hereinafter, collectively referred to as CQI information) and the frequency unit (or frequency resolution) to be measured may be controlled by the base station. Periodic and aperiodic CQI reporting can be supported in the time domain. PUCCH format 2 may be used only for periodic reporting and PUSCH may be used for aperiodic reporting. In the case of aperiodic reporting, the base station may instruct the terminal to transmit an individual CQI report on a resource scheduled for uplink data transmission.
도 8는 일반 CP의 경우에 CQI 채널의 구조를 나타낸다. 하나의 슬롯의 SC-FDMA 심볼 0 내지 6 중에서, SC-FDMA 심볼 1 및 5 (2 번째 및 6 번째 심볼)는 복조참조신호(Demodulation Reference Signal; DMRS) 전송에 사용되고, 나머지 SC-FDMA 심볼에서 CQI 정보가 전송될 수 있다. 한편, 확장된 CP 의 경우에는 하나의 SC-FDMA 심볼 (SC-FDMA 심볼 3) 이 DMRS 전송에 사용된다. 8 shows a structure of a CQI channel in the case of a normal CP. Of the SC-FDMA symbols 0 to 6 of one slot, SC-FDMA symbols 1 and 5 (second and sixth symbols) are used for demodulation reference signal (DMRS) transmission, and CQI in the remaining SC-FDMA symbols. Information can be transmitted. Meanwhile, in the case of an extended CP, one SC-FDMA symbol (SC-FDMA symbol 3) is used for DMRS transmission.
PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b 에서는 CAZAC 시퀀스에 의한 변조를 지원하고, QPSK 변조된 심볼이 길이 12 의 CAZAC 시퀀스로 승산된다. 시퀀스의 순환 시프트(CS)는 심볼 및 슬롯 간에 변경된다. DMRS에 대해서 직교 커버링이 사용된다. In the PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b, modulation by a CAZAC sequence is supported, and a QPSK modulated symbol is multiplied by a length 12 CAZAC sequence. The cyclic shift (CS) of the sequence is changed between symbol and slot. Orthogonal covering is used for DMRS.
하나의 슬롯에 포함되는 7 개의 SC-FDMA 심볼 중 3개의 SC-FDMA 심볼 간격만큼 떨어진 2개의 SC-FDMA 심볼에는 참조신호(DMRS)가 실리고, 나머지 5개의 SC-FDMA 심볼에는 CQI 정보가 실린다. 한 슬롯 안에 두 개의 RS가 사용된 것은 고속 단말을 지원하기 위해서이다. 또한, 각 단말은 순환 시프트(CS) 시퀀스를 사용하여 구분된다. CQI 정보 심볼들은 SC-FDMA 심볼 전체에 변조되어 전달되고, SC-FDMA 심볼은 하나의 시퀀스로 구성되어 있다. 즉, 단말은 각 시퀀스로 CQI를 변조해서 전송한다.Reference signal (DMRS) is carried on two SC-FDMA symbols spaced by three SC-FDMA symbol intervals among seven SC-FDMA symbols included in one slot, and CQI information is carried on the remaining five SC-FDMA symbols. Two RSs are used in one slot to support a high speed terminal. In addition, each terminal is distinguished using a cyclic shift (CS) sequence. The CQI information symbols are modulated and transmitted throughout the SC-FDMA symbol, and the SC-FDMA symbol is composed of one sequence. That is, the terminal modulates and transmits the CQI in each sequence.
하나의 TTI에 전송할 수 있는 심볼 수는 10개이고, CQI 정보의 변조는 QPSK까지 정해져 있다. SC-FDMA 심볼에 대해 QPSK 매핑을 사용하는 경우 2비트의 CQI 값이 실릴 수 있으므로, 한 슬롯에 10비트의 CQI 값을 실을 수 있다. 따라서, 한 서브프레임에 최대 20비트의 CQI 값을 실을 수 있다. CQI 정보를 주파수 영역에서 확산시키기 위해 주파수 영역 확산 부호를 사용한다. The number of symbols that can be transmitted in one TTI is 10, and modulation of CQI information is determined up to QPSK. When QPSK mapping is used for an SC-FDMA symbol, a 2-bit CQI value may be carried, and thus a 10-bit CQI value may be loaded in one slot. Therefore, a CQI value of up to 20 bits can be loaded in one subframe. A frequency domain spread code is used to spread the CQI information in the frequency domain.
주파수 영역 확산 부호로는 길이-12 의 CAZAC 시퀀스(예를 들어, ZC 시퀀스)를 사용할 수 있다. 각 제어채널은 서로 다른 순환 시프트(cyclic shift) 값을 갖는 CAZAC 시퀀스를 적용하여 구분될 수 있다. 주파수 영역 확산된 CQI 정보에 IFFT가 수행된다. As the frequency domain spreading code, a length-12 CAZAC sequence (eg, a ZC sequence) may be used. Each control channel may be distinguished by applying a CAZAC sequence having a different cyclic shift value. IFFT is performed on the frequency domain spread CQI information.
12 개의 동등한 간격을 가진 순환 시프트에 의해서 12 개의 상이한 단말들이 동일한 PUCCH RB 상에서 직교 다중화될 수 있다. 일반 CP 경우에 SC-FDMA 심볼 1 및 5 상의 (확장된 CP 경우에 SC-FDMA 심볼 3 상의) DMRS 시퀀스는 주파수 영역 상의 CQI 신호 시퀀스와 유사하지만 CQI 정보와 같은 변조가 적용되지는 않는다. 단말은 PUCCH 자원 인덱스(
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000014
)로 지시되는 PUCCH 자원 상에서 주기적으로 상이한 CQI, PMI 및 RI 타입을 보고하도록 상위 계층 시그널링에 의하여 반-정적으로(semi-statically) 설정될 수 있다. 여기서, PUCCH 자원 인덱스(
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000015
)는 PUCCH 포맷 2/2a/2b 전송에 사용되는 PUCCH 영역 및 사용될 순환시프트(CS) 값을 지시하는 정보이다.
12 different terminals may be orthogonally multiplexed on the same PUCCH RB by means of 12 equally spaced cyclic shifts. The DMRS sequence on SC-FDMA symbol 1 and 5 (on SC-FDMA symbol 3 in extended CP case) in the general CP case is similar to the CQI signal sequence on the frequency domain but no modulation such as CQI information is applied. UE is a PUCCH resource index (
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000014
May be semi-statically configured by higher layer signaling to periodically report different CQI, PMI, and RI types on the PUCCH resource indicated by h). Where the PUCCH resource index (
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000015
) Is information indicating a PUCCH region used for PUCCH format 2 / 2a / 2b transmission and a cyclic shift (CS) value to be used.
다음으로 개선된-PUCCH(e-PUCCH) 포맷에 대하여 설명한다. e-PUCCH는 LTE-A 시스템의 PUCCH 포맷 3에 대응할 수 있다. PUCCH 포맷 3을 이용한 ACK/NACK 전송에는 블록 확산(block spreading) 기법이 적용될 수 있다. Next, the enhanced-PUCCH (e-PUCCH) format will be described. The e-PUCCH may correspond to PUCCH format 3 of the LTE-A system. Block spreading can be applied to ACK / NACK transmission using PUCCH format 3.
블록 확산 기법은, 기존의 PUCCH 포맷 1 계열 또는 2 계열과는 달리, 제어 신호 전송을 SC-FDMA 방식을 이용하여 변조하는 방식이다. 도 9에서 나타내는 바와 같이, 심볼 시퀀스가 OCC(Orthogonal Cover Code)를 이용하여 시간 영역(domain) 상에서 확산되어 전송될 수 있다. OCC를 이용함으로써 동일한 RB 상에 복수개의 단말들의 제어 신호들이 다중화될 수 있다. 전술한 PUCCH 포맷 2의 경우에는 하나의 심볼 시퀀스가 시간 영역에 걸쳐서 전송되고 CAZAC 시퀀스의 CS(cyclic shift)를 이용하여 복수개의 단말들의 제어 신호들이 다중화되는 반면, 블록 확산 기반 PUCCH 포맷(예를 들어, PUCCH 포맷 3)의 경우에는 하나의 심볼 시퀀스가 주파수 영역에 걸쳐서 전송되고, OCC를 이용한 시간 영역 확산을 이용하여 복수개의 단말들의 제어 신호들이 다중화된다. Unlike the conventional PUCCH format 1 series or 2 series, the block spreading scheme modulates control signal transmission using the SC-FDMA scheme. As shown in FIG. 9, a symbol sequence may be spread and transmitted on a time domain using an orthogonal cover code (OCC). By using the OCC, control signals of a plurality of terminals may be multiplexed on the same RB. In the case of the above-described PUCCH format 2, one symbol sequence is transmitted over a time domain and control signals of a plurality of terminals are multiplexed using a cyclic shift (CS) of a CAZAC sequence, whereas a block spread based PUCCH format (for example, In the case of PUCCH format 3), one symbol sequence is transmitted over a frequency domain, and control signals of a plurality of terminals are multiplexed using time-domain spreading using OCC.
도 9(a)에서는 1 슬롯 동안에 하나의 심볼 시퀀스에 길이=4 (또는 확산 인자(spreading factor; SF)=4)의 OCC를 이용하여 4 개의 SC-FDMA 심볼(즉, 데이터 부분)을 생성하여 전송하는 예시를 나타낸다. 이 경우, 1 슬롯 동안 3 개의 RS 심볼(즉, RS 부분)이 사용될 수 있다. In FIG. 9 (a), four SC-FDMA symbols (i.e., data portions) are generated by using an OCC having a length = 4 (or spreading factor (SF) = 4) in one symbol sequence for one slot. An example of transmission is shown. In this case, three RS symbols (ie, RS portions) may be used during one slot.
또는, 도 9(b)에서는 1 슬롯 동안에 하나의 심볼 시퀀스에 길이=5 (또는 SF=5)의 OCC를 이용하여 5 개의 SC-FDMA 심볼(즉, 데이터 부분)을 생성하여 전송하는 예시를 나타낸다. 이 경우, 1 슬롯 동안 2 개의 RS 심볼이 사용될 수 있다. Alternatively, FIG. 9 (b) shows an example of generating and transmitting five SC-FDMA symbols (i.e., data portions) by using an OCC having a length = 5 (or SF = 5) in one symbol sequence during one slot. . In this case, two RS symbols may be used for one slot.
도 9의 예시에서, RS 심볼은 특정 순환 시프트 값이 적용된 CAZAC 시퀀스로부터 생성될 수 있으며, 복수개의 RS 심볼에 걸쳐 소정의 OCC가 적용된 (또는 곱해진) 형태로 전송될 수 있다. 또한, 도 9의 예시에서 각각의 OFDM 심볼(또는 SC-FDMA 심볼) 별로 12 개의 변조 심볼이 사용되고, 각각의 변조 심볼은 QPSK에 의해 생성되는 것으로 가정하면, 하나의 슬롯에서 전송할 수 있는 최대 비트 수는 12x2=24 비트가 된다. 따라서, 2개의 슬롯으로 전송할 수 있는 비트수는 총 48비트가 된다. 이와 같이 블록 확산 방식의 PUCCH 채널 구조를 사용하는 경우 기존의 PUCCH 포맷 1계열 및 2 계열에 비하여 확장된 크기의 제어 정보의 전송이 가능해진다. In the example of FIG. 9, an RS symbol may be generated from a CAZAC sequence to which a specific cyclic shift value is applied, and may be transmitted in a form in which a predetermined OCC is applied (or multiplied) over a plurality of RS symbols. In addition, in the example of FIG. 9, if 12 modulation symbols are used for each OFDM symbol (or SC-FDMA symbol), and each modulation symbol is generated by QPSK, the maximum number of bits that can be transmitted in one slot is shown. Becomes 12x2 = 24 bits. Therefore, the number of bits that can be transmitted in two slots is a total of 48 bits. As described above, when the block spread type PUCCH channel structure is used, control information having an extended size can be transmitted as compared to the PUCCH format 1 series and 2 series.
참조 신호 (Reference Signal; RS)Reference Signal (RS)
무선 통신 시스템에서 패킷을 전송할 때, 전송되는 패킷은 무선 채널을 통해서 전송되기 때문에 전송과정에서 신호의 왜곡이 발생할 수 있다. 왜곡된 신호를 수신측에서 올바로 수신하기 위해서는 채널 정보를 이용하여 수신 신호에서 왜곡을 보정하여야 한다. 채널 정보를 알아내기 위해서, 송신측과 수신측에서 모두 알고 있는 신호를 전송하여, 상기 신호가 채널을 통해 수신될 때의 왜곡 정도를 가지고 채널 정보를 알아내는 방법을 주로 사용한다. 상기 신호를 파일럿 신호 (Pilot Signal) 또는 참조 신호 (Reference Signal)라고 한다.When transmitting a packet in a wireless communication system, since the transmitted packet is transmitted through a wireless channel, signal distortion may occur during transmission. In order to correctly receive the distorted signal at the receiving end, the distortion must be corrected in the received signal using the channel information. In order to find out the channel information, a method of transmitting the signal known to both the transmitting side and the receiving side, and finding the channel information with the distortion degree when the signal is received through the channel is mainly used. The signal is called a pilot signal or a reference signal.
다중안테나를 사용하여 데이터를 송수신하는 경우에는 각 송신 안테나와 수신 안테나 사이의 채널 상황을 알아야 올바른 신호를 수신할 수 있다. 따라서, 각 송신 안테나 별로 별도의 참조 신호가 존재하여야 한다.When transmitting and receiving data using multiple antennas, it is necessary to know the channel condition between each transmitting antenna and the receiving antenna to receive the correct signal. Therefore, a separate reference signal must exist for each transmit antenna.
하향링크 참조신호는 셀 내의 모든 단말이 공유하는 공용 참조신호(Common Reference Signal; CRS)와 특정 단말만을 위한 전용 참조신호(Dedicated Reference Signal; DRS)가 있다. 이러한 참조신호들에 의해 채널 추정 및 복조를 위한 정보가 제공될 수 있다.The downlink reference signal includes a common reference signal (CRS) shared by all terminals in a cell and a dedicated reference signal (DRS) only for a specific terminal. Such reference signals may provide information for channel estimation and demodulation.
수신측(단말)은 CRS로부터 채널의 상태를 추정하여 CQI(Channel Quality Indicator), PMI(Precoding Matrix Index) 및/또는 RI(Rank Indicator)와 같은 채널 품질과 관련된 지시자를 송신측(기지국)으로 피드백할 수 있다. CRS는 셀-특정(cell-specific) 참조신호라 불릴 수도 있다. 또는 CQI/PMI/RI 와 같은 채널 상태 정보(Channel State Information; CSI)의 피드백과 관련된 RS를 별도로 CSI-RS로 정의할 수도 있다.The receiver (terminal) estimates the state of the channel from the CRS and feeds back indicators related to channel quality such as channel quality indicator (CQI), precoding matrix index (PMI), and / or rank indicator (RI) to the transmitter (base station). can do. The CRS may be called a cell-specific reference signal. Alternatively, RS related to feedback of Channel State Information (CSI) such as CQI / PMI / RI may be separately defined as CSI-RS.
한편, DRS는 PDSCH 상의 데이터의 복조가 필요한 경우에 해당 RE를 통하여 전송될 수 있다. 단말은 상위계층으로부터 DRS의 존재 여부에 대하여 지시받을 수 있고, 해당 PDSCH가 매핑된 경우에만 DRS가 유효하다는 것에 대하여 지시받을 수 있다. DRS는 단말-특정(UE-specific) 참조신호 또는 복조용 참조신호(Demodulation Reference Signal; DMRS)라 불릴 수도 있다.Meanwhile, when demodulation of data on the PDSCH is required, the DRS may be transmitted through the corresponding RE. The UE may be instructed as to whether DRS is present from a higher layer and may be instructed that the DRS is valid only when the corresponding PDSCH is mapped. The DRS may also be called a UE-specific reference signal or a demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
도 10은 기존의 3GPP LTE 시스템 (예를 들어, 릴리즈-8)에서 정의하는 CRS 및 DRS가 하향링크 자원블록 쌍 (RB pair) 상에 매핑되는 패턴을 나타내는 도면이다. 참조신호가 매핑되는 단위로서의 하향링크 자원블록 쌍은 시간 상으로 하나의 서브프레임×주파수 상으로 12 부반송파의 단위로 표현될 수 있다. 즉, 하나의 자원블록 쌍은 시간 상으로 일반 CP의 경우(도 10(a))에는 14 개의 OFDM 심볼 길이, 확장된 CP의 경우(도 10(b))에는 12 개의 OFDM 심볼 길이를 가진다.FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a pattern in which CRSs and DRSs defined in an existing 3GPP LTE system (eg, Release-8) are mapped onto a downlink resource block pair (RB pair). A downlink resource block pair as a unit to which a reference signal is mapped may be expressed in units of 12 subcarriers in one subframe × frequency in time. That is, one resource block pair has 14 OFDM symbol lengths in the case of a general CP (Fig. 10 (a)) and 12 OFDM symbol lengths in the case of an extended CP (Fig. 10 (b)).
도 10은 기지국이 4 개의 전송 안테나를 지원하는 시스템에서 참조신호의 자원블록 쌍 상에서의 위치를 나타낸다. 도 10에서 '0', '1', '2' 및 '3'으로 표시된 자원 요소(RE)는, 각각 안테나 포트 인덱스 0, 1, 2 및 3에 대한 CRS의 위치를 나타낸다. 한편, 도 10에서 'D'로 표시된 자원 요소는 DRS의 위치를 나타낸다.10 shows a position on a resource block pair of a reference signal in a system in which a base station supports four transmit antennas. In FIG. 10, resource elements RE denoted by '0', '1', '2' and '3' indicate positions of CRSs for antenna port indexes 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. Meanwhile, the resource element denoted as 'D' in FIG. 10 indicates the position of the DRS.
사운딩 참조 신호(SRS)Sounding Reference Signal (SRS)
사운딩 참조 신호(Sounding Reference Signal; SRS)는 주로 기지국이 채널 품질 측정을 하여 상향링크 상에서 주파수-선택적(frequency-selective) 스케줄링을 위해 사용되며, 상향링크 데이터 및/또는 제어 정보 전송과 연관되지는 않는다. 그러나, 이에 제한되는 것은 아니고, SRS는 향상된 전력 제어의 목적 또는 최근에 스케줄링되지 않은 단말들의 다양한 시작 기능(start-up function)을 지원하는 목적으로 사용될 수도 있다. 시작 기능은, 예를 들어, 초기 변조 및 코딩 기법(Modulation and Coding Scheme; MCS), 데이터 전송을 위한 초기 전력 제어, 타이밍 정렬(timing advance) 및 주파수 반-선택적 스케줄링 (서브프레임의 첫 번째 슬롯에서는 주파수 자원이 선택적으로 할당되고 두 번째 슬롯에서는 다른 주파수로 유사-무작위(pseudo-random)적으로 호핑되는 스케줄링) 등을 포함할 수 있다.The sounding reference signal (SRS) is mainly used for frequency-selective scheduling on uplink by a base station measuring channel quality and is not associated with uplink data and / or control information transmission. Do not. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the SRS may be used for the purpose of improved power control or for supporting various start-up functions of terminals not recently scheduled. The start function may include, for example, an initial modulation and coding scheme (MCS), initial power control for data transmission, timing advance and frequency anti-selective scheduling (in the first slot of a subframe). Frequency resources are selectively allocated and may include pseudo-random hopping to other frequencies in the second slot).
또한, SRS 는 무선 채널이 상향링크와 하향링크 간에 상호적인(reciprocal)이라는 가정하에 하향링크 채널 품질 측정을 위해 사용될 수도 있다. 이러한 가정은, 상향링크와 하향링크가 동일한 주파수 대역을 공유하고 시간 영역에서 구별되는 시분할듀플렉스(time division duplex; TDD) 시스템에서 특히 유효하다.In addition, the SRS may be used for downlink channel quality measurement under the assumption that the radio channel is reciprocal between uplink and downlink. This assumption is particularly valid in time division duplex (TDD) systems where uplink and downlink share the same frequency band and are distinguished in the time domain.
셀 내의 임의의 단말에 의하여 SRS가 전송되는 서브프레임은 셀-특정 브로드캐스트 시그널링에 의하여 지시된다. 4-비트의 셀-특정 ‘SrsSubframeConfiguration' 파라미터는 각각의 무선 프레임 내에서 SRS가 전송될 수 있는 서브프레임의 15 가지 가능한 구성들을 나타낸다. 이러한 구성에 의해 네트워크 배치 시나리오에 따라 SRS 오버헤드를 조정할 수 있는 유연성이 제공될 수 있다. 상기 파라미터의 나머지 하나(16 번째)의 구성은 셀 내의 SRS 전송을 완전히 끄는(switch-off) 것으로, 예를 들어, 주로 고속의 단말들을 서빙하는 셀에 적절할 수 있다.The subframe in which the SRS is transmitted by any terminal in the cell is indicated by cell-specific broadcast signaling. The 4-bit cell-specific 'SrsSubframeConfiguration' parameter represents 15 possible configurations of subframes in which an SRS can be transmitted within each radio frame. This configuration can provide flexibility to adjust SRS overhead according to network deployment scenarios. The configuration of the other (16th) of the parameter is to switch off the SRS transmission in the cell completely, for example, may be suitable for a cell serving mainly high speed terminals.
도 11에서 도시하는 바와 같이, SRS는 항상 구성된 서브프레임의 마지막 SC-FDMA 심볼 상에서 전송된다. 따라서, SRS와 복조용 참조신호(DeModulation Reference Signal; DMRS)는 상이한 SC-FDMA 심볼 상에 위치된다. PUSCH 데이터 전송은 SRS 전송을 위해 지정된 SC-FDMA 심볼 상에서 허용되지 않으며, 이에 따라 사운딩 오버헤드가 가장 높은 경우 (즉, 모든 서브프레임에서 SRS 전송 심볼이 존재하는 경우)에도 대략 7% 를 넘지 않는다.As shown in FIG. 11, the SRS is always transmitted on the last SC-FDMA symbol of the configured subframe. Therefore, the SRS and the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) are located on different SC-FDMA symbols. PUSCH data transmissions are not allowed on the SC-FDMA symbols designated for SRS transmissions, and therefore do not exceed approximately 7% even when the sounding overhead is highest (that is, when there is an SRS transmission symbol in every subframe). .
각각의 SRS 심볼은 주어진 시간 단위 및 주파수 대역에 대하여 기본 시퀀스(랜덤 시퀀스 또는 ZC(Zadoff-Chu)-기반 시퀀스 집합)에 의하여 생성되고, 셀 내의 모든 단말은 동일한 기본 시퀀스를 사용한다. 이때, 동일한 시간 단위 및 동일한 주파수 대역에서 셀 내의 복수개의 단말로부터의 SRS 전송은, 해당 복수개의 단말들에게 할당되는 기본 시퀀스의 상이한 순환 시프트(cyclic shifts)에 의하여 직교적으로(orthogonally) 구별된다. 상이한 셀의 SRS 시퀀스는 셀 마다 상이한 기본 시퀀스를 할당함으로써 구별될 수 있지만, 상이한 기본 시퀀스들 간에 직교성은 보장되지 않는다.Each SRS symbol is generated by a base sequence (random sequence or Zadoff-Chu-based sequence set) for a given time unit and frequency band, and all terminals in a cell use the same base sequence. In this case, SRS transmissions from a plurality of terminals in a cell in the same time unit and the same frequency band are orthogonally distinguished by different cyclic shifts of a basic sequence allocated to the plurality of terminals. SRS sequences of different cells can be distinguished by assigning different base sequences from cell to cell, but orthogonality between different base sequences is not guaranteed.
릴레이(Relay)Relay
릴레이는 기지국의 서비스 영역을 확장하거나 음영 지역에 설치하여 서비스를 원활하게 한다. 단말은 기지국 또는 릴레이와 통신을 수행한다. 기지국과 통신을 수행하는 단말을 매크로 단말(macro UE)로, 릴레이와 통신을 수행하는 단말을 릴레이 단말(relay UE)로 지칭한다. 기지국과 매크로 단말 사이의 통신 링크를 매크로 액세스 링크로 지칭하고, 릴레이와 릴레이 단말 사이의 통신 링크를 릴레이 액세스 링크로 지칭한다. 또한, 기지국과 릴레이 사이의 통신 링크를 백홀 링크로 지칭한다. The relay facilitates the service by extending the service area of the base station or installing in a shaded area. The terminal communicates with the base station or the relay. A terminal that communicates with a base station is referred to as a macro UE, and a terminal that communicates with a relay is referred to as a relay UE. The communication link between the base station and the macro terminal is referred to as a macro access link, and the communication link between the relay and the relay terminal is referred to as a relay access link. In addition, the communication link between the base station and the relay is referred to as a backhaul link.
릴레이는 멀티 홉(multi hop) 전송에서 얼마만큼의 기능을 수행하는지에 따라 L1(layer 1) 릴레이, L2(layer 2) 릴레이, L3(layer 3) 릴레이로 구분될 수 있다. 또한, 릴레이는 네트워크 링크에 따라 도너(donor) 셀 내에서 네트워크-릴레이 링크와 네트워크-단말 링크가 동일한 주파수 밴드를 공유하는 인-밴드 커넥션(in-band connection), 도너 셀 내에서 네트워크-릴레이 링크와 네트워크-단말 링크가 서로 다른 주파수 밴드를 사용하는 아웃-밴드 커넥션(out-band connection)으로 구분될 수 있다. 또한, 단말이 자신이 릴레이를 통해 통신하고 있는지를 알 수 없는 트랜스패런트(transparent) 릴레이와 단말이 릴레이를 통해 통신하고 있는지를 알고 있는 논-트랜스패런트(non-transparent) 릴레이로 구분될 수도 있다. 이동성 측면에서, 릴레이는 음영지역이나 셀 커버리지 증가를 위해 사용될 수 있는 고정(fixed) 릴레이, 사용자가 갑자기 증가할 때 임시로 설치하거나 임의로 옮길 수 있는 노매딕(nomadic) 릴레이, 버스나 기차 등 대중교통에 장착 가능한 모바일(mobile) 릴레이로 구분될 수 있다.Relays may be divided into L1 (layer 1) relays, L2 (layer 2) relays, and L3 (layer 3) relays according to how much they perform in multi hop transmission. In addition, the relay is an in-band connection in which the network-relay link and the network-terminal link share the same frequency band in the donor cell according to the network link, and the network-relay link in the donor cell. And network-terminal links may be divided into out-band connections using different frequency bands. In addition, the terminal may be divided into a transparent relay whose terminal does not know whether it is communicating through a relay and a non-transparent relay which knows whether the terminal communicates through the relay. have. In terms of mobility, relays are fixed relays that can be used to increase shadow area or cell coverage, nomadic relays that can be temporarily installed or moved randomly when users suddenly increase, or public transportation such as buses or trains. It can be divided into a mobile relay that can be mounted on.
도 12는 MBSFN 서브프레임을 이용하여 백홀 전송을 수행하는 예를 나타낸다. 인-밴드 중계 모드에서 기지국-릴레이 링크(즉, 백홀 링크)는 릴레이-단말 링크(즉, 릴레이 액세스 링크)와 동일한 주파수 대역에서 동작한다. 릴레이가 기지국으로부터 신호를 수신하면서 단말로 신호를 전송하거나 그 반대의 경우에서, 릴레이의 송신기와 수신기는 서로 간섭을 유발하므로 릴레이가 동시에 송신과 수신을 하는 것은 제한될 수 있다. 이를 위해, 백홀 링크와 릴레이 액세스 링크는 TDM 방식으로 파티셔닝(partitioning) 된다. LTE-A는 릴레이 존에 존재하는 레거시 LTE 단말의 측정 동작을 지원하기 위해 MBSFN 서브프레임에서 백홀 링크를 설정한다(fake MBSFN 방법). 임의의 서브프레임이 MBSFN 서브프레임으로 시그널링 된 경우, 단말은 해당 서브프레임의 제어 영역(ctrl)만을 수신하므로 릴레이는 해당 서브프레임의 데이터 영역을 이용해 백홀 링크를 구성할 수 있다.12 shows an example of performing backhaul transmission using an MBSFN subframe. In in-band relay mode, the base station-relay link (ie, backhaul link) operates in the same frequency band as the relay-end link (ie, relay access link). In the case where a relay transmits a signal to a terminal while receiving a signal from a base station or vice versa, the relay transmitter and receiver cause interference with each other, so that the relay can simultaneously transmit and receive. To this end, the backhaul link and the relay access link are partitioned in a TDM manner. LTE-A configures a backhaul link in an MBSFN subframe to support measurement operation of a legacy LTE terminal existing in a relay zone (fake MBSFN method). If any subframe is signaled to the MBSFN subframe, the terminal receives only the control region (ctrl) of the corresponding subframe, and thus the relay may configure the backhaul link using the data region of the corresponding subframe.
반송파 병합Carrier merge
도 13은 반송파 병합을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 반송파 병합을 설명하기에 앞서 LTE-A에서 무선자원을 관리하기 위해 도입된 셀(Cell)의 개념에 대해 먼저 설명한다. 셀은 하향링크 자원과 상향링크 자원의 조합으로 이해될 수 있다. 여기서 상향링크 자원은 필수 요소는 아니며 따라서 셀은 하향링크 자원 단독 또는 하향링크 자원과 상향링크 자원으로 이루어질 수 있다. 다만, 이는 현재 LTE-A 릴리즈 10에서의 정의이며 반대의 경우, 즉 셀이 상향링크 자원 단독으로 이루어지는 것도 가능하다. 하향링크 자원은 하향링크 구성 반송파(Downlink component carrier, DL CC)로 상향링크 자원은 상향링크 구성 반송파(Uplink component carrier, UL CC)로 지칭될 수 있다. DL CC 및 UL CC는 반송파 주파수(carrier frequency)로 표현될 수 있으며, 반송파 주파수는 해당 셀에서의 중심주파수(center frequency)를 의미한다.13 is a diagram for describing carrier aggregation. Prior to describing carrier aggregation, a concept of a cell introduced to manage radio resources in LTE-A will be described first. A cell may be understood as a combination of downlink resources and uplink resources. Here, the uplink resource is not an essential element, and thus, the cell may be composed of only the downlink resource or the downlink resource and the uplink resource. However, this is the definition in the current LTE-A Release 10 and vice versa, that is, the cell may be made up of uplink resources alone. The downlink resource may be referred to as a downlink component carrier (DL CC) and the uplink resource may be referred to as an uplink component carrier (UL CC). The DL CC and the UL CC may be represented by a carrier frequency, and the carrier frequency means a center frequency in a corresponding cell.
셀은 프라이머리 주파수(primary frequency)에서 동작하는 프라이머리 셀(primary cell, PCell)과 세컨더리 주파수(secondary frequency)에서 동작하는 세컨더리 셀(secondary cell, SCell)로 분류될 수 있다. PCell과 SCell은 서빙 셀(serving cell)로 통칭될 수 있다. PCell은 단말이 초기 연결 설정(initial connection establishment) 과정을 수행하거나 연결 재설정 과정 또는 핸드오버 과정에서 지시된 셀이 PCell이 될 수 있다. 즉, PCell은 후술할 반송파 병합 환경에서 제어관련 중심이 되는 셀로 이해될 수 있다. 단말은 자신의 PCell에서 PUCCH를 할당 받고 전송할 수 있다. SCell은 RRC(Radio Resource Control) 연결 설정이 이루어진 이후 구성 가능하고 추가적인 무선 자원을 제공하는데 사용될 수 있다. 반송파 병합 환경에서 PCell을 제외한 나머지 서빙 셀을 SCell로 볼 수 있다. RRC_CONNECTED 상태에 있지만 반송파 병합이 설정되지 않았거나 반송파 병합을 지원하지 않는 단말의 경우, PCell로만 구성된 서빙 셀이 단 하나 존재한다. 반면, RRC_CONNECTED 상태에 있고 반송파 병합이 설정된 단말의 경우, 하나 이상의 서빙 셀이 존재하고, 전체 서빙 셀에는 PCell과 전체 SCell이 포함된다. 반송파 병합을 지원하는 단말을 위해 네트워크는 초기 보안 활성화(initial security activation) 과정이 개시된 이후, 연결 설정 과정에서 초기에 구성되는 PCell에 부가하여 하나 이상의 SCell을 구성할 수 있다.A cell may be classified into a primary cell (PCell) operating at a primary frequency and a secondary cell (SCell) operating at a secondary frequency. PCell and SCell may be collectively referred to as a serving cell. In the PCell, the terminal may perform an initial connection establishment (initial connection establishment) process, or the cell indicated in the connection reset process or handover process may be a PCell. That is, the PCell may be understood as a cell that is the center of control in a carrier aggregation environment to be described later. The UE may receive and transmit a PUCCH in its PCell. The SCell is configurable after the Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection is established and can be used to provide additional radio resources. In the carrier aggregation environment, the remaining serving cells except the PCell may be viewed as SCells. In the RRC_CONNECTED state, but the UE is not configured carrier aggregation or does not support carrier aggregation, there is only one serving cell consisting of a PCell. On the other hand, in the case of a terminal in the RRC_CONNECTED state and the carrier aggregation is configured, one or more serving cells exist, and all the serving cells include the PCell and the entire SCell. For a terminal supporting carrier aggregation, after the initial security activation process is initiated, the network may configure one or more SCells in addition to the PCell initially configured in the connection establishment process.
이하, 도 13을 참조하여 반송파 병합에 대해 설명한다. 반송파 병합은 높은 고속 전송률에 대한 요구에 부합하기 위해 보다 넓은 대역을 사용할 수 있도록 도입된 기술이다. 반송파 병합은 반송파 주파수가 서로 다른 2개 이상의 구성 반송파(component carrier, CC)들의 집합(aggregation)으로 정의될 수 있다. 도 13을 참조하면, 도 13(a)는 기존 LTE 시스템에서 하나의 CC를 사용하는 경우의 서브프레임을 나타내고, 도 13(b)는 반송파 병합이 사용되는 경우의 서브프레임을 나타낸다. 도 13(b)에는 예시적으로 20MHz의 CC 3개가 사용되어 총 60MHz의 대역폭을 지원하는 것을 도시하고 있다. 여기서 각 CC는 연속적일 수도 있고, 또한 비 연속적일 수도 있다.Hereinafter, carrier aggregation will be described with reference to FIG. 13. Carrier aggregation is a technology introduced to use a wider band in order to meet the demand for high speed data rates. Carrier aggregation may be defined as an aggregation of two or more component carriers (CCs) having different carrier frequencies. Referring to FIG. 13, FIG. 13A illustrates a subframe when one CC is used in an existing LTE system, and FIG. 13B illustrates a subframe when carrier aggregation is used. In FIG. 13B, three CCs of 20 MHz are used to support a total bandwidth of 60 MHz. Here, each CC may be continuous or may be non-continuous.
단말은 하향링크 데이터를 복수개의 DL CC를 통해 동시에 수신하고 모니터할 수 있다. 각 DL CC와 UL CC 사이의 링키지(linkage)는 시스템 정보에 의해 지시될 수 있다. DL CC/UL CC 링크는 시스템에 고정되어 있거나 반-정적으로 구성될 수 있다. 또한, 시스템 전체 대역이 N개의 CC로 구성되더라도 특정 단말이 모니터링/수신할 수 있는 주파수 대역은 M(<N)개의 CC로 한정될 수 있다. 반송파 병합에 대한 다양한 파라미터는 셀 특정(cell-specific), 단말 그룹 특정(UE group-specific) 또는 단말 특정(UE-specific) 방식으로 설정될 수 있다.The terminal may simultaneously receive and monitor downlink data through a plurality of DL CCs. The linkage between each DL CC and UL CC may be indicated by system information. The DL CC / UL CC link may be fixed in the system or configured semi-statically. In addition, even if the entire system band is composed of N CCs, the frequency band that a specific UE can monitor / receive may be limited to M (<N) CCs. Various parameters for carrier aggregation may be set in a cell-specific, UE group-specific, or UE-specific manner.
도 14는 크로스 반송파 스케줄링을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 크로스 반송파 스케줄링이란, 예를 들어, 복수의 서빙 셀 중 어느 하나의 DL CC의 제어영역에 다른 DL CC의 하향링크 스케줄링 할당 정보를 모두 포함하는 것, 또는 복수의 서빙 셀 중 어느 하나의 DL CC의 제어영역에 그 DL CC와 링크되어 있는 복수의 UL CC에 대한 상향링크 스케줄링 승인 정보를 모두 포함하는 것을 의미한다. 14 is a diagram for describing cross carrier scheduling. Cross-carrier scheduling means, for example, including all downlink scheduling allocation information of another DL CC in a control region of one DL CC among a plurality of serving cells, or a DL CC of any one of a plurality of serving cells. This means that the control region includes all uplink scheduling grant information for the plurality of UL CCs linked with the DL CC.
먼저 반송파 지시자 필드(carrier indicator field, CIF)에 대해 설명한다.First, a carrier indicator field (CIF) will be described.
CIF는 앞서 설명된 바와 같이 PDCCH를 통해 전송되는 DCI 포맷에 포함되거나 또는 불포함 수 있으며, 포함된 경우 크로스 반송파 스케줄링이 적용된 것을 나타낸다. 크로스 반송파 스케줄링이 적용되지 않은 경우에는 하향링크 스케줄링 할당 정보는 현재 하향링크 스케줄링 할당 정보가 전송되는 DL CC상에서 유효하다. 또한 상향링크 스케줄링 승인은 하향링크 스케줄링 할당 정보가 전송되는 DL CC 와 링크된 하나의 UL CC에 대해 유효하다. As described above, the CIF may be included or not included in the DCI format transmitted through the PDCCH, and when included, it indicates that the cross carrier scheduling is applied. When cross carrier scheduling is not applied, downlink scheduling allocation information is valid on a DL CC through which current downlink scheduling allocation information is transmitted. The uplink scheduling grant is also valid for one UL CC linked with the DL CC through which the downlink scheduling assignment information is transmitted.
크로스 반송파 스케줄링이 적용된 경우, CIF는 어느 하나의 DL CC에서 PDCCH를 통해 전송되는 하향링크 스케줄링 할당 정보에 관련된 CC를 지시한다. 예를 들어, 도 14를 참조하면 DL CC A 상의 제어 영역 내 PDCCH를 통해 DL CC B 및 DL CC C에 대한 하향링크 할당 정보, 즉 PDSCH 자원에 대한 정보가 전송된다. 단말은 DL CC A를 모니터링하여 CIF를 통해 PDSCH의 자원영역 및 해당 CC를 알 수 있다.When cross carrier scheduling is applied, the CIF indicates a CC related to downlink scheduling allocation information transmitted through a PDCCH in one DL CC. For example, referring to FIG. 14, downlink allocation information about DL CC B and DL CC C, that is, information about PDSCH resources, is transmitted through a PDCCH in a control region on DL CC A. The UE monitors the DL CC A to know the resource region of the PDSCH and the corresponding CC through the CIF.
PDCCH에 CIF가 포함되거나 또는 포함되지 않는지는 반-정적으로 설정될 수 있고, 상위 계층 시그널링에 의해서 단말-특정으로 활성화될 수 있다. CIF가 비활성화(disabled)된 경우에, 특정 DL CC 상의 PDCCH는 해당 동일한 DL CC 상의 PDSCH 자원을 할당하고, 특정 DL CC에 링크된 UL CC 상의 PUSCH 자원을 할당할 수 있다. 이 경우, 기존의 PDCCH 구조와 동일한 코딩 방식, CCE 기반 자원 매핑, DCI 포맷 등이 적용될 수 있다. Whether CIF is included or not included in the PDCCH may be set semi-statically and may be UE-specific activated by higher layer signaling. When CIF is disabled, the PDCCH on a particular DL CC may allocate PDSCH resources on that same DL CC and allocate PUSCH resources on a UL CC linked to the particular DL CC. In this case, the same coding scheme, CCE-based resource mapping, DCI format, and the like as the existing PDCCH structure may be applied.
한편, CIF가 활성화(enabled)되는 경우에, 특정 DL CC 상의 PDCCH는 복수개의 병합된 CC들 중에서 CIF가 지시하는 하나의 DL/UL CC 상에서의 PDSCH/PUSCH 자원을 할당할 수 있다. 이 경우, 기존의 PDCCH DCI 포맷에 CIF가 추가적으로 정의될 수 있으며, 고정된 3 비트 길이의 필드로 정의되거나, CIF 위치가 DCI 포맷 크기에 무관하게 고정될 수도 있다. 이 경우에도, 기존의 PDCCH 구조와 동일한 코딩 방식, CCE 기반 자원 매핑, DCI 포맷 등이 적용될 수 있다. Meanwhile, when CIF is enabled, the PDCCH on a specific DL CC may allocate PDSCH / PUSCH resources on one DL / UL CC indicated by the CIF among a plurality of merged CCs. In this case, the CIF may be additionally defined in the existing PDCCH DCI format, may be defined as a fixed 3-bit field, or the CIF position may be fixed regardless of the DCI format size. In this case, the same coding scheme, CCE-based resource mapping, DCI format, and the like as the existing PDCCH structure may be applied.
CIF가 존재하는 경우에도, 기지국은 PDCCH를 모니터링할 DL CC 세트를 할당할 수 있다. 이에 따라, 단말의 블라인드 디코딩의 부담이 감소할 수 있다. PDCCH 모니터링 CC 세트는 전체 병합된 DL CC의 일부분이고 단말은 PDCCH의 검출/디코딩을 해당 CC 세트에서만 수행할 수 있다. 즉, 단말에 대해서 PDSCH/PUSCH를 스케줄링하기 위해서, 기지국은 PDCCH를 PDCCH 모니터링 CC 세트 상에서만 전송할 수 있다. PDCCH 모니터링 DL CC 세트는 단말-특정 또는 단말 그룹-특정 또는 셀-특정으로 설정될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 도 14의 예시에서와 같이 3 개의 DL CC가 병합되는 경우에, DL CC A 가 PDCCH 모니터링 DL CC로 설정될 수 있다. CIF가 비활성화되는 경우, 각각의 DL CC 상의 PDCCH는 DL CC A에서의 PDSCH만을 스케줄링할 수 있다. 한편, CIF가 활성화되면 DL CC A 상의 PDCCH는 DL CC A는 물론 다른 DL CC에서의 PDSCH 도 스케줄링할 수 있다. DL CC A가 PDCCH 모니터링 CC로 설정되는 설정되는 경우에는 DL CC B 및 DL CC C 에는 PDSCCH가 전송되지 않는다. Even if CIF exists, the base station can allocate a set of DL CC to monitor the PDCCH. Accordingly, the burden of blind decoding of the terminal can be reduced. The PDCCH monitoring CC set is a part of the total merged DL CCs and the UE may perform detection / decoding of the PDCCH only in the corresponding CC set. That is, in order to schedule PDSCH / PUSCH for the UE, the base station may transmit the PDCCH only on the PDCCH monitoring CC set. The PDCCH monitoring DL CC set may be configured as UE-specific or UE group-specific or cell-specific. For example, when three DL CCs are merged as in the example of FIG. 14, DL CC A may be set to the PDCCH monitoring DL CC. When CIF is deactivated, the PDCCH on each DL CC may only schedule PDSCH in DL CC A. On the other hand, when CIF is activated, the PDCCH on DL CC A may schedule not only DL CC A but also PDSCH on another DL CC. When DL CC A is set to PDCCH monitoring CC, PDSCCH is not transmitted to DL CC B and DL CC C.
전술한 바와 같은 반송파 병합이 적용되는 시스템에서, 단말은 복수개의 하향링크 반송파를 통해서 복수개의 PDSCH를 수신할 수 있고, 이러한 경우 단말은 각각의 데이터에 대한 ACK/NACK을 하나의 서브프레임에서 하나의 UL CC 상에서 전송하여야 하는 경우가 발생하게 된다. 하나의 서브프레임에서 복수개의 ACK/NACK을 PUCCH 포맷 1a/1b을 이용하여 전송하는 경우, 높은 전송 전력이 요구되며 상향링크 전송의 PAPR이 증가하게 되고 전송 전력 증폭기의 비효율적인 사용으로 인하여 단말의 기지국으로부터의 전송 가능 거리가 감소할 수 있다. 하나의 PUCCH를 통해서 복수개의 ACK/NACK을 전송하기 위해서는 ACK/NACK 번들링(bundling) 또는 ACK/NACK 다중화(multiplexing)이 적용될 수 있다. In a system in which carrier aggregation is applied as described above, the UE may receive a plurality of PDSCHs through a plurality of downlink carriers, in which case, the UE performs ACK / NACK for each data in one subframe. There is a case that needs to be transmitted on the UL CC. When transmitting a plurality of ACK / NACK in one subframe using the PUCCH format 1a / 1b, high transmission power is required, the PAPR of the uplink transmission is increased and the base station of the terminal due to inefficient use of the transmission power amplifier The transmittable distance from can be reduced. In order to transmit a plurality of ACK / NACK through one PUCCH, ACK / NACK bundling or ACK / NACK multiplexing may be applied.
또한, 반송파 병합의 적용에 따른 많은 개수의 하향링크 데이터 및/또는 TDD 시스템에서 복수개의 DL 서브프레임에서 전송된 많은 개수의 하향링크 데이터에 대한 ACK/NACK 정보가 하나의 서브프레임에서 PUCCH를 통해 전송되어야 하는 경우가 발생할 수 있다. 이러한 경우에서 전송되어야 할 ACK/NACK 비트가 ACK/NACK 번들링 또는 다중화로 지원가능한 개수보다 많은 경우에는, 위 방안들로는 올바르게 ACK/NACK 정보를 전송할 수 없게 된다. In addition, ACK / NACK information for a large number of downlink data and / or a large number of downlink data transmitted in a plurality of DL subframes in a TDD system according to carrier aggregation is transmitted through a PUCCH in one subframe. Cases may arise. In this case, if the number of ACK / NACK bits to be transmitted is larger than the number that can be supported by ACK / NACK bundling or multiplexing, the above methods cannot correctly transmit ACK / NACK information.
ACK/NACK 다중화 방안ACK / NACK Multiplexing Scheme
ACK/NACK 다중화의 경우에, 복수개의 데이터 유닛에 대한 ACK/NACK 응답의 내용(contents)은 실제 ACK/NACK 전송에서 사용되는 ACK/NACK 유닛과 QPSK 변조된 심볼들 중의 하나의 조합(combination)에 의해서 식별될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 하나의 ACK/NACK 유닛이 2 비트 크기의 정보를 나르는 것으로 가정하고, 최대 2 개의 데이터 유닛을 수신하는 것을 가정한다. 여기서, 수신된 각각의 데이터 유닛에 대한 HARQ 확인응답은 하나의 ACK/NACK 비트에 의해서 표현되는 것으로 가정한다. 이러한 경우, 데이터를 전송한 송신단은 ACK/NACK 결과를 아래의 표 6 에서 나타내는 바와 같이 식별할 수 있다. In the case of ACK / NACK multiplexing, the contents of the ACK / NACK response for a plurality of data units are in combination with one of the ACK / NACK unit and QPSK modulated symbols used in the actual ACK / NACK transmission. Can be identified. For example, it is assumed that one ACK / NACK unit carries two bits of information, and that a maximum of two data units are received. Here, it is assumed that the HARQ acknowledgment for each received data unit is represented by one ACK / NACK bit. In this case, the transmitting end that has transmitted the data can identify the ACK / NACK result as shown in Table 6 below.
표 6
HARQ-ACK(0), HARQ-ACK(0)
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000016
b(0), b(1)
ACK, ACK
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000017
1,1
ACK, NACK/DTX
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000018
0,1
NACK/DTX, ACK
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000019
0,0
NACK/DTX, NACK
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000020
1,0
NACK, DTX
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000021
1,0
DTX, DTX N/A N/A
Table 6
HARQ-ACK (0), HARQ-ACK (0)
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000016
b (0), b (1)
ACK, ACK
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000017
1,1
ACK, NACK / DTX
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000018
0,1
NACK / DTX, ACK
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000019
0,0
NACK / DTX, NACK
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000020
1,0
NACK, DTX
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000021
1,0
DTX, DTX N / A N / A
상기 표 6에서, HARQ-ACK(i) (i=0, 1) 는 데이터 유닛 i 에 대한 ACK/NACK 결과를 나타낸다. 전술한 바와 같이 최대 2 개의 데이터 유닛(데이터 유닛 0 및 데이터 유닛 1)이 수신되는 것을 가정하였으므로, 상기 표 6에서는 데이터 유닛 0 에 대한 ACK/NACK 결과는 HARQ-ACK(0)으로 표시하고, 데이터 유닛 1 에 대한 ACK/NACK 결과는 HARQ-ACK(1)로 표시한다. 상기 표 6에서, DTX(Discontinuous Transmission)는, HARQ-ACK(i)에 대응하는 데이터 유닛이 전송되지 않음을 나타내거나, 또는 수신단이 HARQ-ACK(i)에 대응하는 데이터 유닛의 존재를 검출하지 못하는 것을 나타낸다. 또한,
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000022
은 실제 ACK/NACK 전송에 사용되는 ACK/NACK 유닛을 나타낸다. 최대 2 개의 ACK/NACK 유닛이 존재하는 경우,
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000023
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000024
로 표현될 수 있다. 또한, b(0), b(1)은 선택된 ACK/NACK 유닛에 의해서 전송되는 2 개의 비트를 나타낸다. ACK/NACK 유닛을 통해서 전송되는 변조 심볼은 b(0), b(1) 비트에 따라서 결정된다.
In Table 6, HARQ-ACK (i) (i = 0, 1) represents the ACK / NACK result for the data unit i. Since it is assumed that up to two data units (data unit 0 and data unit 1) are received as described above, in Table 6, the ACK / NACK result for data unit 0 is represented as HARQ-ACK (0), and data The ACK / NACK result for unit 1 is indicated by HARQ-ACK (1). In Table 6, DTX (Discontinuous Transmission) indicates that a data unit corresponding to HARQ-ACK (i) is not transmitted, or the receiving end does not detect the presence of a data unit corresponding to HARQ-ACK (i). It indicates that you cannot. Also,
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000022
Represents an ACK / NACK unit used for actual ACK / NACK transmission. If there are up to two ACK / NACK units,
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000023
And
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000024
It can be expressed as. Also, b (0) and b (1) indicate two bits transmitted by the selected ACK / NACK unit. The modulation symbol transmitted through the ACK / NACK unit is determined according to the b (0) and b (1) bits.
예를 들어, 수신단이 2 개의 데이터 유닛을 성공적으로 수신 및 디코딩한 경우 (즉, 상기 표 5 의 ACK, ACK 의 경우), 수신단은 ACK/NACK 유닛
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000025
를 사용해서 2 개의 비트 (1, 1) 을 전송한다. 또는, 수신단이 2 개의 데이터 유닛을 수신하는 경우에, 제 1 데이터 유닛(즉, HARQ-ACK(0)에 대응하는 데이터 유닛 0)의 디코딩(또는 검출)에 실패하고 제 2 데이터 유닛(즉, HARQ-ACK(1)에 대응하는 데이터 유닛 1)의 디코딩에 성공하면 (즉, 상기 표 6의 NACK/DTX, ACK 의 경우), 수신단은 ACK/NACK 유닛
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000026
을 사용해서 2 개의 비트 (0,0) 을 전송한다.
For example, if the receiving end has successfully received and decoded two data units (i.e., ACK and ACK of Table 5), the receiving end is an ACK / NACK unit.
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000025
To transmit two bits (1, 1). Or, when the receiving end receives two data units, the decoding (or detection) of the first data unit (ie, data unit 0 corresponding to HARQ-ACK (0)) fails and the second data unit (ie, If the decoding of the data unit 1 corresponding to the HARQ-ACK 1 is successful (i.e., in the case of NACK / DTX and ACK of Table 6 above), the receiving end is an ACK / NACK unit.
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000026
To transmit two bits (0,0).
이와 같이, ACK/NACK 유닛의 선택 및 전송되는 ACK/NACK 유닛의 실제 비트 내용의 조합(즉, 상기 표 6에서
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000027
또는
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000028
중 하나를 선택하는 것과 b(0), b(1)의 조합)을 실제 ACK/NACK 의 내용과 연계(link) 또는 매핑시킴으로써, 하나의 ACK/NACK 유닛을 이용해서 복수개의 데이터 유닛에 대한 ACK/NACK 정보를 전송할 수 있게 된다. 전술한 ACK/NACK 다중화의 원리를 그대로 확장하여, 2 보다 많은 개수의 데이터 유닛에 대한 ACK/NACK 다중화가 용이하게 구현될 수 있다.
As such, the combination of selection of the ACK / NACK unit and the actual bit contents of the transmitted ACK / NACK unit (i.e., in Table 6 above)
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000027
or
Figure PCTKR2012005358-appb-I000028
ACK for a plurality of data units using one ACK / NACK unit by linking or mapping one of the selection and a combination of b (0) and b (1) with the contents of the actual ACK / NACK. / NACK information can be transmitted. By extending the aforementioned principle of ACK / NACK multiplexing as it is, ACK / NACK multiplexing for more than 2 data units can be easily implemented.
이러한 ACK/NACK 다중화 방식에 있어서 기본적으로 모든 데이터 유닛에 대해서 적어도 하나의 ACK 이 존재하는 경우에는, NACK 과 DTX 가 구별되지 않을 수 있다 (즉, 상기 표 6에서 NACK/DTX 로 표현되는 바와 같이, NACK과 DTX가 결합(couple)될 수 있다). 왜냐하면, NACK 과 DTX 를 구분하여 표현하고자 하는 경우에 발생할 수 있는 모든 ACK/NACK 상태(즉, ACK/NACK 가설들(hypotheses))를, ACK/NACK 유닛과 QPSK 변조된 심볼의 조합만으로는 반영할 수 없기 때문이다. 한편, 모든 데이터 유닛에 대해서 ACK 이 존재하지 않는 경우(즉, 모든 데이터 유닛에 대해서 NACK 또는 DTX 만이 존재하는 경우)에는, HARQ-ACK(i)들 중에서 하나만이 확실히 NACK 인(즉, DTX과 구별되는 NACK) 것을 나타내는 하나의 확실한 NACK 의 경우가 정의될 수 있다. 이러한 경우, 하나의 확실한 NACK 에 해당하는 데이터 유닛에 대응하는 ACK/NACK 유닛 은 복수개의 ACK/NACK 들의 신호를 전송하기 위해 유보(reserved)될 수도 있다. In the ACK / NACK multiplexing scheme, if at least one ACK exists for all data units, NACK and DTX may not be distinguished (that is, represented as NACK / DTX in Table 6 above). NACK and DTX may be coupled). This is because all ACK / NACK states (that is, ACK / NACK hypotheses) that can occur when NACK and DTX are to be expressed separately can be reflected by a combination of an ACK / NACK unit and a QPSK modulated symbol. Because there is not. On the other hand, if no ACK exists for all data units (i.e., only NACK or DTX exists for all data units), only one of the HARQ-ACK (i) is definitely NACK (i.e. distinguished from DTX). One certain NACK case may be defined. In this case, the ACK / NACK unit corresponding to the data unit corresponding to one certain NACK may be reserved for transmitting signals of a plurality of ACK / NACKs.
반-영속적 스케줄링(SPS)Semi-persistent scheduling (SPS)
DL/UL SPS(semi-persistent scheduling)는 RRC(Radio Resource Control) 시그널링으로 일단 어느 서브프레임들에서 (서브프레임 주기와 오프셋으로) SPS 전송/수신을 해야 하는지를 UE에게 지정해 놓고, 실제 SPS의 활성화(activation) 및 해제(release)는 PDCCH를 통해서 수행한다. 즉, UE는 RRC 시그널링으로 SPS를 할당 받더라도 바로 SPS TX/RX를 수행하는 게 아니라 활성화(또는 재활성화(reactivation))를 알리는 PDCCH를 수신(즉, SPS C-RNTI가 검출된 PDCCH를 수신)하면 그에 따라 SPS 동작을 하게 된다. 즉, SPS 활성화 PDCCH를 수신하면, 그 PDCCH에서 지정한 RB 할당에 따른 주파수 자원을 할당하고 MCS정보에 따른 변조 및 코딩레이트를 적용하여, RRC 시그널링으로 할당 받은 서브프레임 주기와 오프셋으로 TX/RX를 수행하기 시작할 수 있다. 한편, SPS 해제를 알리는 PDCCH를 수신하면 단말은 TX/RX를 중단한다. 이렇게 중단된 SPS TX/RX는 활성화(또는 재활성화)를 알리는 PDCCH를 수신하면 그 PDCCH에서 지정한 RB 할당, MCS 등을 따라서 RRC 시그널링으로 할당 받은 서브프레임 주기와 오프셋으로 다시 TX/RX를 재개할 수 있다. DL / UL semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) uses RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling to specify to the UE which subframes should be transmitted / received (in subframe periods and offsets), and the actual SPS activation ( Activation and release are performed through the PDCCH. That is, even if the UE receives the SPS through RRC signaling, the UE does not immediately perform the SPS TX / RX but receives the PDCCH indicating activation (or reactivation) (that is, when the SPS C-RNTI detects the detected PDCCH). As a result, the SPS operation is performed. That is, when the SPS activation PDCCH is received, the frequency resource according to the RB allocation designated in the PDCCH is allocated, the modulation and coding rate according to the MCS information is applied, and TX / RX is performed with the subframe period and offset allocated by the RRC signaling. You can start doing it. Meanwhile, upon receiving the PDCCH indicating the release of the SPS, the UE stops TX / RX. When the suspended SPS TX / RX receives a PDCCH indicating activation (or reactivation), the SPS TX / RX may resume TX / RX again with the subframe period and offset allocated by RRC signaling according to the RB allocation, MCS, etc. specified in the PDCCH. have.
현재 3GPP LTE에서 정의된 PDCCH 포맷에는 상향링크용으로 DCI 포맷 0, 하향링크용으로 DCI 포맷 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 3, 3A 등의 다양한 포맷이 정의 되어 있고 각각의 용도에 맞게 Hopping flag, RB allocation, MCS(modulation coding scheme), RV(redundancy version), NDI(new data indicator), TPC(transmit power control), Cyclic shift DMRS(demodulation reference signal), UL index, CQI (channel quality information) request, DL assignment index, HARQ process number, TPMI(transmitted precoding matrix indicator), PMI (precoding matrix indicator) confirmation 등의 제어 정보가 취사 선택된 조합으로 전송된다.PDCCH format defined in 3GPP LTE currently defines various formats such as DCI format 0 for uplink and DCI formats 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2, 2A, 3, and 3A for downlink. Hopping flag, RB allocation, modulation coding scheme (MCS), redundancy version (RV), new data indicator (NDI), transmit power control (TPC), cyclic shift demodulation reference signal (DMRS), UL index, CQI ( Control information such as channel quality information) request, DL assignment index, HARQ process number, transmitted precoding matrix indicator (TPMI), and precoding matrix indicator (PMI) confirmation are transmitted in a selected combination.
보다 구체적으로, PDCCH가 SPS 스케줄링 활성화/해제의 용도로 사용되는 것은, PDCCH로 전송되는 DCI의 CRC가 SPS C-RNTI로 마스킹되고, 이때 NDI=0으로 세팅되는 것으로 확인(validation)될 수 있다. 이때 SPS 활성화의 경우 다음 표 7과 같이 비트 필드의 조합을 0으로 세팅하여 가상(virtual) CRC로 사용한다. More specifically, the use of the PDCCH for SPS scheduling activation / deactivation may be validated that the CRC of the DCI transmitted on the PDCCH is masked with the SPS C-RNTI, where NDI = 0 is set. At this time, in case of SPS activation, the combination of bit fields is set to 0 and used as a virtual CRC as shown in Table 7 below.
표 7
DCI format 0 DCI format 1/1A DCI format 2/2A/2B
TPC command for scheduled PUSCH set to ‘00’ N/A N/A
Cyclic shift DMRS set to ‘000’ N/A N/A
Modulation and coding scheme and redundancy version MSB is set to ‘0’ N/A N/A
HARQ process number N/A FDD: set to ‘000’TDD: set to ‘0000’ FDD: set to ‘000’TDD: set to ‘0000’
Modulation and coding scheme N/A MSB is set to ‘0’ For the enabled transport block:MSB is set to ‘0’
Redundancy version N/A set to '00' For the enabled transport block:MSB is set to ‘00’
TABLE 7
DCI format 0 DCI format 1 / 1A DCI format 2 / 2A / 2B
TPC command for scheduled PUSCH set to '00' N / A N / A
Cyclic shift DMRS set to '000' N / A N / A
Modulation and coding scheme and redundancy version MSB is set to '0' N / A N / A
HARQ process number N / A FDD: set to '000' FDD: set to '000'
Modulation and coding scheme N / A MSB is set to '0' For the enabled transport block: MSB is set to '0'
Redundancy version N / A set to '00' For the enabled transport block: MSB is set to '00'
가상 CRC는 CRC로도 체크하지 못하는 오류발생시 해당 비트 필드 값이 약속된 값인지 아닌지 확인함으로써, 추가적인 오류검출 능력을 갖도록 하는 것이다. 다른 UE에게 할당된 DCI에 오류가 발생하였으나 특정 UE가 해당 오류를 검출하지 못하고 자기 자신의 SPS 활성화로 잘못 인식할 경우 해당 자원을 계속 사용하기 때문에 1회의 오류가 지속적인 문제를 발생 시킨다. 따라서 가상 CRC의 사용으로 SPS의 잘못된 검출을 막도록 하고 있다. The virtual CRC checks whether or not the corresponding bit field value is a promised value when an error that cannot be checked by the CRC has additional error detection capability. If an error occurs in the DCI assigned to another UE, but a specific UE does not detect the error and misrecognizes it as its own SPS activation, one error causes a continuous problem because the resource is continuously used. Therefore, the use of virtual CRC prevents false detection of SPS.
SPS 해제의 경우 다음 표 8과 같이 비트 필드의 값을 세팅하여 가상 CRC로 사용한다. In case of SPS release, set the value of bit field to use as virtual CRC as in the following table 8.
표 8
DCI format 0 DCI format 1A
TPC command for scheduled PUSCH set to ‘00’ N/A
Cyclic shift DMRS set to ‘000’ N/A
Modulation and coding scheme and redundancy version set to ‘11111’ N/A
Resource block assignment and hopping resource allocation Set to all ‘1’s N/A
HARQ process number N/A FDD: set to ‘000’TDD: set to ‘0000’
Modulation and coding scheme N/A set to ‘11111’
Redundancy version N/A set to ‘00’
Resource block assignment N/A set to all‘1’s
Table 8
DCI format 0 DCI format 1A
TPC command for scheduled PUSCH set to '00' N / A
Cyclic shift DMRS set to '000' N / A
Modulation and coding scheme and redundancy version set to '11111' N / A
Resource block assignment and hopping resource allocation Set to all '1's N / A
HARQ process number N / A FDD: set to '000'
Modulation and coding scheme N / A set to '11111'
Redundancy version N / A set to '00'
Resource block assignment N / A set to all'1's
PUCCH 피기백PUCCH Piggyback
기존의 3GPP LTE 시스템(예를 들어, 릴리즈-8) 시스템의 상향링크 전송의 경우, 단말기의 파워앰프의 효율적인 활용을 위하여, 파워 앰프의 성능에 영향을 미치는 PAPR(Peak-to-Average Power Ratio) 특성이나 CM(Cubic Metric) 특성이 좋은 단일 반송파 전송을 유지하도록 되어 있다. 즉, 기존 LTE 시스템의 PUSCH 전송의 경우, 전송하고자 하는 데이터를 DFT-프리코딩(precoding)을 통해 단일 반송파 특성을 유지하고, PUCCH 전송의 경우는 단일 반송파 특성을 가지고 있는 시퀀스에 정보를 실어 전송함으로써 단일 반송파 특성을 유지할 수 있다. 그러나 DFT-precoding을 한 데이터를 주파수축으로 비연속적으로 할당하거나, PUSCH와 PUCCH가 동시에 전송하게 되는 경우에는 이러한 단일 반송파 특성이 깨지게 된다. In case of uplink transmission of the existing 3GPP LTE system (for example, Release-8) system, for efficient use of the power amplifier of the terminal, PAPR (Peak-to-Average Power Ratio) affecting the performance of the power amplifier The characteristics or the cubic metric (CM) characteristics are good to maintain a single carrier transmission. That is, in case of PUSCH transmission of the existing LTE system, data to be transmitted is maintained through DFT-precoding to maintain a single carrier property, and in case of PUCCH transmission, information is transmitted in a sequence having a single carrier property. Single carrier characteristics can be maintained. However, when the DFT-precoding data is allocated discontinuously on the frequency axis, or when the PUSCH and the PUCCH are simultaneously transmitted, this single carrier characteristic is broken.
따라서, 도 15와 같이 PUCCH 전송과 동일한 서브프레임에 PUSCH 전송이 있을 경우, 단일 반송파 특성을 유지하기 위해 PUCCH로 전송할 UCI(uplink control information)정보를 PUSCH를 통해 데이터와 함께 전송(Piggyback)하도록 되어 있다.Accordingly, when there is a PUSCH transmission in the same subframe as the PUCCH transmission, as shown in FIG. 15, uplink control information (UCI) information to be transmitted on the PUCCH is transmitted together with the data through the PUSCH in order to maintain a single carrier characteristic. .
앞서 설명했듯이 기존의 LTE 단말은 PUCCH와 PUSCH가 동시에 전송될 수 없기 때문에 PUSCH가 전송되는 서브프레임에서는 UCI(CQI/PMI, HARQ-ACK, RI등)를 PUSCH 영역에 다중화하는 방법을 사용한다. 일례로 PUSCH를 전송하도록 할당된 서브프레임에서 CQI 및/또는 PMI를 전송해야 할 경우 UL-SCH 데이터와 CQI/PMI를 DFT-확산 이전에 다중화하여 제어 정보와 데이터를 함께 전송할 수 있다. 이 경우 UL-SCH 데이터는 CQI/PMI 자원을 고려하여 레이트-매칭을 수행하게 된다. 또한 HARQ ACK, RI등의 제어 정보는 UL-SCH 데이터를 펑처링하여 PUSCH 영역에 다중화될 수 있다. As described above, since the existing LTE UE cannot simultaneously transmit the PUCCH and the PUSCH, the UCI (CQI / PMI, HARQ-ACK, RI, etc.) is multiplexed in the PUSCH region in the subframe in which the PUSCH is transmitted. For example, when CQI and / or PMI should be transmitted in a subframe allocated to transmit PUSCH, control information and data may be transmitted by multiplexing UL-SCH data and CQI / PMI before DFT-spreading. In this case, UL-SCH data performs rate-matching in consideration of CQI / PMI resources. In addition, control information such as HARQ ACK and RI may be multiplexed in the PUSCH region by puncturing UL-SCH data.
도 16은 상향링크로 전송하기 위한 데이터와 제어정보의 다중화 과정을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a multiplexing process of data and control information for uplink transmission.
도 16에 도시된 바와 같이, 제어정보와 함께 다중화되는 데이터 정보는 상향링크로 전송해야 하는 전송 블록(Transport Block; 이하 "TB") (a0, a1, …, aA-1)에 TB용 CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Check)를 부착한 후, TB 크기에 따라 여러 개의 코드 블록(Code block; 이하 "CB")로 나뉘어지고 여러 개의 CB들에는 CB용 CRC가 부착된다. 이 결과값에 채널 부호화가 수행되게 된다. 아울러, 채널 부호화된 데이터들은 레이트 매칭(Rate Matching)을 거친 후, 다시 CB들 간의 결합이 수행되며, 이와 같이 결합된 CB들은 이후 제어 신호와 다중화된다.As shown in FIG. 16, data information multiplexed together with the control information is transmitted to the transport block (hereinafter referred to as "TB") (a0, a1, ..., aA-1) to be transmitted in the uplink. After attaching the Cyclic Redundancy Check, it is divided into several code blocks (hereinafter referred to as "CBs") according to TB sizes, and CRCs for CBs are attached to several CBs. Channel coding is performed on this result. In addition, after the channel-coded data undergoes rate matching, combining between CBs is performed again, and the combined CBs are then multiplexed with a control signal.
한편, CQI/PMI(o0, o1, …, oo-1)는 데이터와 별도로 채널 부호화가 수행된다. 채널 부호화된 CQI/PMI는 데이터와 다중화된다. CQI/PMI 정보와 다중화된 데이터는 채널 인터리버에 입력된다. Meanwhile, channel encoding is performed on the CQI / PMI (o0, o1, ..., oo-1) separately from the data. Channel coded CQI / PMI is multiplexed with data. The CQI / PMI information and the multiplexed data are input to the channel interleaver.
또한, 랭크(Rank) 정보([o0RI] 또는 [o0RI o1RI])도 데이터와 별도로 채널 부호화가 수행된다(S511). 채널 부호화된 랭크 정보는 펑처링 등의 처리를 통해 인터리빙된 신호의 일부에 삽입된다. In addition, rank coding ([o0RI] or [o0RI o1RI]) is performed with channel coding separately from the data (S511). The channel-coded rank information is inserted into a part of the interleaved signal through a process such as puncturing.
ACK/NACK 정보([o0ACK] 또는 [o0 ACK o1 ACK] …)의 경우 데이터, CQI/PMI 및 랭크 정보와 별도로 채널 부호화가 수행된다. 채널 부호화된 ACK/NACK 정보는 펑처링 등의 처리를 통해 인터리빙된 신호의 일부에 삽입된다. In the case of ACK / NACK information ([o0ACK] or [o0 ACK o1 ACK]…), channel encoding is performed separately from data, CQI / PMI, and rank information. The channel-coded ACK / NACK information is inserted into a part of the interleaved signal through a process such as puncturing.
한편, 현재의 LTE/LTE-A 시스템은 면허 대역(licensed band)의 시간-주파수 자원을 사용한다. 과거에는 통신 단말의 수가 많지 않았기 때문에 특정 사업자가 면허 대역을 독점적으로 사용하더라도 주파수 자원은 충분하였다. 하지만 근래에 유비쿼터스 컴퓨팅이 활성화되고, 높은 데이터 전송률에 대한 요구가 늘어남에 따라 주파수 자원에 대한 수요가 급증하게 되었고, 결국 주파수 자원 부족 문제가 현실화 되고 있다. 따라서 최근 비 면허 대역을 사용하는 기술에 대한 관심이 급증하고 있는 실정이다. 이에 따라 면허 대역을 기반으로 동작하는 현재의 LTE/LTE-A 시스템도 비 면허 대역을 사용하도록 확장될 수 있으며, 이하에서는 상술한 내용들을 바탕으로, 비 면허 대역상(Licensed exempt band)에서 PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH를 전송하는 방법들에 대해 설명한다. Meanwhile, the current LTE / LTE-A system uses a time-frequency resource of a licensed band. In the past, the number of communication terminals was not large, and even though a specific operator exclusively used the licensed band, frequency resources were sufficient. Recently, as ubiquitous computing is activated and the demand for high data rate increases, the demand for frequency resources is rapidly increased, and the problem of frequency resource shortage is realizing. Therefore, the interest in technology using the unlicensed band is increasing rapidly. Accordingly, the current LTE / LTE-A system operating based on the licensed band may be extended to use the unlicensed band. Hereinafter, based on the above description, the PDSCH and the licensed exempt band may be used. Methods for transmitting the PUSCH are described.
이하의 설명에서는 설명의 편의상, 예를 들어 도 17에 도시된 바와 같이 두 개의 셀을 사용하는 시스템을 전제한다. 하나의 셀(예를 들어, Pcell)은 면허 대역에 해당하고, 다른 셀은 비 면허 대역(Unlicensed band)에 해당하는 것으로 전제한다. 다만, 이는 설명의 편의를 위한 것이며 서빙 셀에 더 많은 Scell(예를 들어, LTE/LTE-A 주파수 대역 및/또는 비 면허 대역)이 존재할 수 있는 것을 배제하는 것은 아니다. 여기서 Pcell 및 Scell은 반송파 병합의 관점에서 언급된 것으로, 이 경우 비 면허 대역상의 자원(PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH)은 Pcell의 PDCCH에 의해 지시될 수 있다. 그러나 이하의 설명들에 모두 반송파 병합이 적용되는 것은 아님을 밝혀두며, 비 면허 대역 상의 PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH는 비 면허 대역 상으로 전송되는 PDCCH에 의해 지시될 수도 있다. 또한, 비 면허 대역 상의 PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH가 면허 대역으로 전송되는 PDCCH에 의해 지시되는 경우에도 반드시 앞서 설명된 크로스 반송파 스케줄링이 그대로 적용되는 것은 아닐 수 있다.In the following description, for convenience of description, for example, as shown in FIG. 17, a system using two cells is assumed. It is assumed that one cell (eg, Pcell) corresponds to a licensed band and the other cell corresponds to an unlicensed band. However, this is for convenience of description and does not exclude that there may be more Scells (eg, LTE / LTE-A frequency band and / or unlicensed band) in the serving cell. Here, the Pcell and the Scell are mentioned in terms of carrier aggregation. In this case, the resources (PDSCH and / or PUSCH) on the unlicensed band may be indicated by the PDCCH of the Pcell. However, it should be noted that carrier aggregation is not all applied to the following descriptions, and PDSCH and / or PUSCH on an unlicensed band may be indicated by a PDCCH transmitted on an unlicensed band. In addition, even when the PDSCH and / or PUSCH on the unlicensed band are indicated by the PDCCH transmitted in the licensed band, the aforementioned cross carrier scheduling may not necessarily be applied as it is.
계속해서, 도 17을 참조하면, 기지국은 비 면허 대역상으로 PDSCH를 전송할 수 있고, 단말은 비 면허 대역상으로 PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다. 여기서 비 면허 대역 상의 PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH 전송시 사용되는 시간 단위는 면허 대역의 서브프레임, 슬롯, OFDM 심볼 등과 같을 수도 있지만, 반드시 여기에 한정되는 것은 아니다. 또한, 본 발명과 관련해 비 면허 대역은 시간 축 상에서 LTE 시스템에서의 슬롯(UL 슬롯 및 DL 슬롯으로 구분될 수도 있음)이 기본 단위로 사용될 수 있다. 이는 후술하는 바와 같이 반송파 센싱(carrier sensing) 시점이 슬롯의 전후에 관계될 수 있기 때문이다.17, the base station may transmit a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, and the terminal may transmit a PUSCH on an unlicensed band. Here, the time unit used when transmitting the PDSCH and / or PUSCH on the unlicensed band may be the same as a subframe, a slot, an OFDM symbol, etc. of the licensed band, but is not necessarily limited thereto. In addition, in the context of the present invention, the unlicensed band may be used as a basic unit of a slot (which may be divided into a UL slot and a DL slot) in an LTE system on a time axis. This is because the carrier sensing timing may be related to the slots before and after the slot as described below.
비 면허 대역상으로 신호 전송에 있어서는 반송파 센싱은 반드시 수행되어야 한다. 반송파 센싱이란 기지국 또는 단말이 비 면허 대역을 사용하고자 하는 경우, 비 면허 대역이 다른 장치에 의해 사용되고 있는지 여부를 확인하는 것을 의미한다. 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 다른 장치에 의해 사용되고 있는 경우(Busy) 기지국 또는 단말은 신호를 전송할 수 없고, 비 면허 대역이 유휴(Idle)이어야 PDSCH/PUSCH 전송이 가능하다.Carrier sensing must be performed for signal transmission over the unlicensed band. Carrier sensing means to check whether the unlicensed band is used by another device when the base station or the terminal intends to use the unlicensed band. As a result of carrier sensing, when the unlicensed band is used by another device (Busy), the BS or the UE cannot transmit a signal and PDSCH / PUSCH can be transmitted when the unlicensed band is idle.
한편 이하의 설명들은, 실시 형태에 따라 On the other hand, the following description, according to the embodiment
i) 비 면허 대역 상의 PDSCH 전송에 있어서 반송파 센싱 후 스케줄링i) Scheduling after carrier sensing in PDSCH transmission on unlicensed band
ii) 비 면허 대역 상의 PDSCH 전송에 있어서 스케줄링 후 반송파 센싱ii) Postscheduled Carrier Sensing in PDSCH Transmission on Unlicensed Band
iii) 비 면허 대역 상의 PUSCH 전송iii) PUSCH transmission on unlicensed band
iv) 비 면허 대역 상의 PDSCH/PUSCH 전송에 있어서, 동기 획득을 위한 프리앰블의 전송iv) transmission of a preamble for synchronization acquisition in PDSCH / PUSCH transmission on an unlicensed band
으로 순차적으로 설명된다. 여기서, i) ~ iv)는 설명의 편의를 위해 OFDM 방식을 전제로 설명되지만, 후술하는 바와 같이 OFDMA 방식도 적용될 수 있다.This is explained sequentially. Here, i) to iv) are described on the premise of the OFDM scheme for convenience of description, but the OFDMA scheme may also be applied as described below.
실시예Example 1 One
도 18은 본 발명의 일 실시형태에 따른 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.18 is a diagram for explaining PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention.
구체적으로 도 18에서는 비 면허 대역상으로 PDSCH를 전송하기 위해 반송파 센싱을 우선 수행하고, 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 경우 비 면허 대역에 대한 스케줄링을 수행하는 예시가 도시되어 있다. 이하 상세히 설명한다.In detail, FIG. 18 illustrates an example in which carrier sensing is first performed to transmit a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, and scheduling is performed for an unlicensed band when the unlicensed band is available as a result of the carrier sensing. It will be described in detail below.
기지국은 비 면허 대역 상으로 서브프레임 n에서 PDSCH를 전송하기 위해 도시된 바와 같이 서브프레임 n 이전 시간부터 반송파 센싱을 수행한다. 반송파 센싱은 도 18에 도시된 바와 같이 특정 간격으로 이루어질 수 있고, 이는 서브프레임의 OFDM 심볼 간격일 수 있다. 다만, OFDM 심볼 간격보다 더 짧은 간격 또는 더 긴 간격이 적용될 수도 있다. The base station performs carrier sensing from the time before subframe n as shown in order to transmit the PDSCH in subframe n on the unlicensed band. Carrier sensing may be performed at specific intervals as shown in FIG. 18, which may be an OFDM symbol interval of a subframe. However, a shorter interval or longer interval than the OFDM symbol interval may be applied.
반송파 센싱을 특정 간격으로 수행하다 서브프레임 n 이전의 임의의 시점에 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단되면, 비 면허 대역상에 PDSCH를 스케줄링 할 수 있다. 이 스케줄링 정보는 면허 대역의 PDCCH상으로 전송될 수 있다. 여기서, 도 18에 도시된 바와 같이 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 시점이 PDCCH가 전송되는 서브프레임의 시작 지점, 즉 서브프레임 n의 전송이 시작되는 시점보다 앞서는 경우, 그로부터 서브프레임 n의 전송 시작 시점까지 비 면허 대역을 사용할 수 있는 다른 장치들이 비 면허 대역을 사용할 수 없도록 예약이 필요하다. 다시 말해, 도 18에서 reserved로 표시된 시간 구간에 기지국이 아무런 신호를 전송하고 있지 않다면 다른 장치가 반송파 센싱을 수행하여 자신이 비 면허 대역을 사용할 수 있는 것으로 판단하고 신호를 전송할 것이며, 이러한 경우 기지국은 서브프레임 n에서 PDSCH를 전송하지 못하는 결과가 초래된다. If carrier sensing is performed at a specific interval and it is determined that the unlicensed band is available at any time before subframe n, the PDSCH may be scheduled on the unlicensed band. This scheduling information may be transmitted on the PDCCH of the licensed band. Here, as shown in FIG. 18, if the time when the unlicensed band is available as a result of carrier sensing is earlier than the start point of the subframe in which the PDCCH is transmitted, that is, the start point of transmission of the subframe n, the subframe n is transmitted therefrom. Reservations must be made so that other devices that can use the unlicensed band up to the point of use cannot use the unlicensed band. In other words, if the base station is not transmitting any signal in the time interval indicated as reserved in FIG. 18, the other device performs carrier sensing to determine that it can use the unlicensed band and transmit the signal. Failure to transmit the PDSCH in subframe n results.
따라서, 기지국은 도 18에서 reserved로 표시된 시간 구간에 예약 신호를 전송함으로써 이를 해결할 수 있다. 여기서 예약 신호는 기지국이 상기 시간 구간에서 비 면허 대역을 사용하고 있음을 비 면허 대역을 사용하고자 하는 다른 장치들에게 알리기 위한 특정한 신호일 수 있다. 즉, 예약 신호는 비 면허 대역을 사용하고자 하는 장치들이 공통적으로 인식할 수 있는, 약속된 것일 수 있다. 또한, 예약 신호는 특정한 시퀀스 또는 특정 시퀀스를 시드(seed)로 하여 생성된 시퀀스로 이루어진 더미(dummy) 신호일 수 있다. 이와 같이 예약 신호를 전송함으로써, 기지국은 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 시점이 PDSCH를 전송하고자 하는 서브프레임(면허 대역의 서브프레임에 대응되는 시간 구간)의 시작 시점보다 빠르더라도 문제없이 스케줄된 PDSCH를 전송할 수 있다. Therefore, the base station can solve this by transmitting a reservation signal in the time interval indicated as reserved in FIG. Here, the reservation signal may be a specific signal for notifying other devices wishing to use the unlicensed band that the base station uses the unlicensed band in the time interval. In other words, the reserved signal may be a promise that can be commonly recognized by devices that want to use the unlicensed band. In addition, the reservation signal may be a dummy signal including a specific sequence or a sequence generated by seeding a specific sequence. By transmitting the reservation signal in this way, the base station is scheduled without any problem even if the time when the unlicensed band is available as a result of carrier sensing is earlier than the start time of the subframe (time period corresponding to the subframe of the licensed band) to which the PDSCH is to be transmitted. PDSCH may be transmitted.
만약, 반송파 센싱이 도 18에 도시된 것과 달리 서브프레임 n의 시작 시점부터 이루어지고, 이후 소정 시간 이내에 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단되는 경우, 하나의 서브프레임 시간 구간보다 짧은 시간 구간에서 PDSCH의 전송이 이루어질 수 밖에 없다. 이러한 경우 LTE/LTE-A 시스템에서 사용되는 레이트 매칭(rate matching)과 같은 방법을 사용하여 축소된 시간 길이를 갖는 PDSCH를 전송할 수도 있다. 단말은 PDSCH가 전송되는 시작 시점을 알 수 없다는 문제가 있다. 따라서, PDSCH가 전송되는 시작 시점을 서브프레임의 특정 OFDM 심볼에 해당하는 시간(예를 들어, 1, 2, 3 번째 OFDM 심볼)으로 미리 설정해 둘 수 있다. 단말은 이 시간들에 대해 블라인드 검출을 수행하여 PDSCH가 전송되는 시작 시점을 찾을 수 있다.If carrier sensing is performed from the start of subframe n, unlike in FIG. 18, and if it is determined that the unlicensed band is available within a predetermined time period, the PDSCH is performed in a time interval shorter than one subframe time interval. The transmission must be made. In this case, a PDSCH having a reduced time length may be transmitted using a method such as rate matching used in the LTE / LTE-A system. The UE has a problem in that it is not possible to know a start time at which the PDSCH is transmitted. Therefore, the start time point at which the PDSCH is transmitted may be preset to a time (eg, 1st, 2nd, 3rd OFDM symbol) corresponding to a specific OFDM symbol of a subframe. The UE may find a start time point at which the PDSCH is transmitted by performing blind detection for these times.
한편, 도 18에 도시된 것과 달리 PDSCH를 R-PDCCH를 이용하여 스케줄링하고, PDSCH 전송을 백홀 서브프레임과 같이 전송할 수도 있다. 이러한 경우 PDSCH 전송 시점이 고정된다는 점에서 이득이 있다.On the other hand, unlike FIG. 18, the PDSCH may be scheduled using the R-PDCCH and the PDSCH transmission may be transmitted together with the backhaul subframe. In this case, there is a benefit in that the PDSCH transmission time is fixed.
실시예Example 2 2
실시예 2는 비 면허 대역 상으로 PDSCH를 전송하기 위해 스케줄링을 먼저 수행하고, 반송파 센싱을 수행하는 방법에 관한 것이다. 앞서 실시예 1과 달리 반송파 센싱을 수행하여 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한지 확인하지 않고 PDSCH 전송을 스케줄링하기 때문에, 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능하지 않는 경우 PDSCH 전송이 지연되거나 또는 전송이 실패될 수 있다. 이를 해결하기 위해 PDSCH 전송을 서브프레임의 시간 구간 중 일부 영역으로 설정할 수 있다. 이에 대해 도 19를 참조하여 설명하기로 한다. Embodiment 2 relates to a method of first performing scheduling and then performing carrier sensing to transmit a PDSCH on an unlicensed band. Unlike the first embodiment, since the PDSCH transmission is scheduled by performing carrier sensing without checking whether the unlicensed band is available, the PDSCH transmission may be delayed or the transmission may fail when the unlicensed band is not available. To solve this problem, PDSCH transmission may be set to a partial region of the time period of the subframe. This will be described with reference to FIG. 19.
도 19는 본 발명의 다른 실시형태에 따른 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 기지국은 면허 대역의 서브프레임 길이에 대응되는 시간 구간에 해당하는, 비 면허 대역의 시간 구간의 일부에 대해 PDSCH 전송을 스케줄링할 수 있다. 여기서 일부 구간은 도 19에서와 같이 서브프레임의 절반, 즉 두 번째 슬롯일 수 있다. 다만, 반드시 여기에 제한되는 것은 아니며, 서브프레임의 n (0<n<=8) 번째 OFDM 심볼부터 서브프레임 마지막 OFDM 심볼까지 등으로 다양하게 설정될 수 있다. 19 is a diagram for explaining PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to another embodiment of the present invention. The base station may schedule PDSCH transmission for a portion of the time interval of the unlicensed band, which corresponds to the time interval corresponding to the subframe length of the licensed band. Here, some sections may be half of the subframe, that is, the second slot, as shown in FIG. 19. However, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and may be variously set from the n (0 <n <= 8) th OFDM symbol of the subframe to the last OFDM symbol of the subframe.
계속해서, 기지국은 스케줄링된 PDSCH를 전송하기 위해 서브프레임의 시작 시점부터 반송파 센싱을 시작한다. 여기서 반송파 센싱은 앞서 실시예 1에서 설명된 바와 같이 특정 간격(예를 들어, 서브프레임의 OFDM 심볼 간격 등)으로 연속적으로 이루어질 수 있다. 반송파 센싱 결과 스케줄된 PDSCH의 전송 시작 시점 이전에 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 경우(IDLE), 기지국은 PDSCH를 전송할 수 있다. 다만 여기서, PDSCH 전송이 시작되기로 스케줄된 시점보다 이전에 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 경우 비 면허 대역으로 예약 신호의 전송이 필요할 수 있다. 구체적으로, PDSCH 전송 시작 시점과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 시점 사이에 간격이 있는 경우, 비 면허 대역을 사용하기를 원하는 다른 장치들이 이 간격에서 비 면허 대역을 사용함으로써 PDSCH 전송이 실패할 수 있다. 따라서, 실시예 1에서 설명된 것과 같은 예약 신호, 즉 기지국이 상기 간격(시간 구간)에서 비 면허 대역을 사용하고 있음을 비 면허 대역을 사용하고자 하는 다른 장치들에게 알리기 위한 특정한 신호나 더미 신호를 전송함으로써 안정적으로 스케줄된 PDSCH를 전송할 수 있다. 또한, 예약 신호는 스케줄된 PDSCH의 앞부분 또는 뒷부분을 복제하여 생성된 것일 수 있다(cyclic shift 방식). Subsequently, the base station starts carrier sensing from the start of the subframe to transmit the scheduled PDSCH. In this case, carrier sensing may be continuously performed at a specific interval (for example, OFDM symbol interval of a subframe) as described in the first embodiment. As a result of carrier sensing, if the unlicensed band is available (IDLE) before the scheduled start time of PDSCH transmission, the base station may transmit the PDSCH. However, if it is determined that the unlicensed band is available before the time when the PDSCH transmission is scheduled to start, it may be necessary to transmit the reserved signal to the unlicensed band. Specifically, if there is an interval between the start time of PDSCH transmission and the time at which the unlicensed band is available, other devices that want to use the unlicensed band may use the unlicensed band at this interval and thus the PDSCH transmission may fail. Therefore, a reservation signal as described in Embodiment 1, i.e., a specific signal or dummy signal for notifying other devices that want to use the unlicensed band at the interval (time interval) to notify the unlicensed band. By transmitting, the PDSCH can be transmitted stably. In addition, the reservation signal may be generated by duplicating the front part or the rear part of the scheduled PDSCH (cyclic shift method).
두 번째 슬롯에 전송되는 PDSCH의 MCS는 PDCCH에서 알려주는 MCS로부터 계산할 수 있기 때문에 별도의 추가 정보가 필요하지 않을 수 있다. 물론 두 번째 슬롯에서 전송되는 PDSCH의 MCS를 직접적으로 알려줄 수도 있다. 또는 PDCCH의 DCI에 하나의 서브프레임용 MCS, 서브프레임 절반(한 슬롯)용 MCS를 포함시킬 수도 있다. 단말은 하나의 서브프레임인지 또는 서브프레임의 절반인지를 블라인드 디코딩하여 결정할 수 있다. Since the MCS of the PDSCH transmitted in the second slot can be calculated from the MCS indicated by the PDCCH, no additional information may be needed. Of course, it may directly inform the MCS of the PDSCH transmitted in the second slot. Alternatively, the DCI of the PDCCH may include an MCS for one subframe and an MCS for one subframe half (one slot). The UE may determine by blind decoding whether it is one subframe or half of a subframe.
또는 복조의 정확성을 높이기 위해서 비 면허 대역으로 전송되는 PDSCH 시작 위치를 알려줄 수 있는 신호(예를 들어, Preamble 또는 Sequence)를 전송할 수 도 있다. 이러한 신호는 단말 식별자(UE ID)로 마스크(mask)되거나 단말 식별자를 기반으로 생성된 프리앰블 시퀀스(Preamble Sequence)일 수 있다. 이 방법은 CS 이후 바로 전송하는 방식에 유리하다. 예를 들어 반송파 센싱 결과 3 번째 OFDM 심볼에서 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것이면, 4 번째 OFDM 심볼에 시퀀스 또는 프리앰블을 전송해서 PDSCH의 전송이 시작됨을 알리는 것이다. 다만 전송되는 PDSCH의 길이가 가변적인 경우 MCS를 유추 해야 하는 단점이 있지만 자원 이용률을 높일 수 있다. Alternatively, in order to increase the accuracy of demodulation, a signal (for example, preamble or sequence) that can inform the PDSCH start position transmitted in the unlicensed band may be transmitted. Such a signal may be masked with a UE ID or a preamble sequence generated based on the UE identifier. This method is advantageous for the transmission method immediately after the CS. For example, if the unlicensed band is available in the third OFDM symbol as a result of carrier sensing, the PDSCH is transmitted by transmitting a sequence or preamble in the fourth OFDM symbol. However, when the length of the transmitted PDSCH is variable, there is a disadvantage in that MCS is inferred, but the resource utilization rate can be increased.
또는 서브프레임을 더 작은 단위(예를 들어, OFDM 2심볼 묶음으로 쪼개서 PDSCH를 12, 10, 8, 7 OFDM 심볼 길이 단위로 전송하도록 하고 MCS는 계산하여 유추하도록 하거나 개별적으로 시그널링 해줄 수 있다.Alternatively, subframes may be divided into smaller units (eg, OFDM 2 symbol bundles) to transmit PDSCHs in units of 12, 10, 8, and 7 OFDM symbol lengths, and MCS may be calculated and inferred or signaled separately.
한편, 도 19에서 설명된 것과는 달리 PDSCH의 전송 시작 시점을 특정한 시점으로 고정하지 않고, 반송파 센싱 후 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 결정되면, 최소한 또는 0의 백 오프 타임을 갖고 PDSCH를 전송할 수도 있다. 다만, 이러한 경우 단말은 PDSCH의 전송 시작 시점을 알기가 어렵고, MCS의 경우도 계산하기 어려우므로, 이러한 정보들을 추가적으로 알려줄 필요가 있다. On the other hand, unlike described in FIG. 19, if it is determined that the unlicensed band is available after the carrier sensing without fixing the transmission start time of the PDSCH to a specific time point, the PDSCH may be transmitted with a minimum or zero back off time. However, in this case, since it is difficult for the UE to know the transmission start time of the PDSCH and it is difficult to calculate the MCS, it is necessary to additionally inform the information.
또는 PDSCH의 전송 시작 시점을 반 정적(semi static)하게 설정할 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 상위 계층 시그널(RRC signal)로 PDSCH가 심볼 n 에 시작하도록 설정해두면 심볼 n 이전에 반송파 센싱을 수행할 수 있다. 여기서 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능(IDLE)이면 심볼 n 에서 PDSCH를 전송할 수 있을 것이다. 만약 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 시점이 심볼 n 이전인 경우 앞서 설명된 예약 신호를 전송하는 방법이 이용될 수 있다. 또 다른 방법으로는 전송대기카운터(transmission waiting counter)를 두고, 단위시간이 지나면 해당 카운터의 값을 줄이다가 이 값이 0이 되면 전송하고 만약 0이 되기 전에 다른 장치의 전송이 시작된다면 PDSCH 전송을 포기하는 방법이 적용될 수 있다. 스케줄러(Scheduler)는 반송파 센싱의 성공률에 따라서 PDSCH 전송 시작 위치를 다르게 설정할 수 있다. Alternatively, the transmission start time of the PDSCH may be semi-statically set. For example, if the PDSCH is set to start with symbol n as an upper layer signal (RRC signal), carrier sensing may be performed before symbol n. In this case, if the unlicensed band is available (IDLE) as a result of carrier sensing, the PDSCH may be transmitted in symbol n. If the time when the unlicensed band is available is before symbol n, the above-described method of transmitting the reserved signal may be used. Another method is to set up a transmission waiting counter, reduce the value of the counter after a unit time and transmit it when it reaches 0. If the other device starts transmitting before 0, PDSCH transmission is performed. The method of giving up may apply. The scheduler may set the PDSCH transmission start position differently according to the success rate of carrier sensing.
그리고, 스케줄링되는 PDSCH의 길이는 가변적으로 운영될 수 있다. 이러한 경우 PDSCH의 시작시점, 길이, 끝 시점과 같은 정보를 알려줘야 할 필요가 있으며, PDCCH의 일부 필드를 이용하여 이러한 정보를 전송할 수 있다. 또는, 프리앰블을 전송하여 PDSCH의 시작 시점을 알려주면서 길이 정보도 함께 전송할 수도 있다. 이는, 비 면허 대역을 면허 대역의 서브프레임, 슬롯 구조에 맞게 운영하더라도, 비 면허 대역과 면허 대역의 동기가 불일치하는 경우 유용하게 적용될 수 있다.In addition, the length of the scheduled PDSCH may be variably operated. In this case, information such as a start time, a length, and an end time of the PDSCH needs to be informed, and this information can be transmitted using some fields of the PDCCH. Alternatively, the preamble may be transmitted to inform the start time of the PDSCH while also transmitting length information. This may be useful when the unlicensed band is synchronized with the licensed band even though the unlicensed band is operated according to the subframe and slot structure of the licensed band.
상술한 방법은 앞서 언급된 바와 같이 반송파 센싱 수행 전에 비 면허 대역 상에 PDSCH 전송을 스케줄링하므로, 반송파 센싱 결과 계속해서 비 면허 대역의 사용이 불가한 경우 최종적으로 스케줄링된 PDSCH의 전송에 실패할 수 있다. 단말은 PDCCH는 수신하였으나 비 면허 대역에서 PDSCH가 수신되지 않은 경우, 자신이 PDSCH를 수신하지 못하였음을 알 수도 있지만, 전송되지 않은 PDSCH대신에 다른 신호를 디코딩 할 수 있다. 따라서, 기지국은 PDSCH 전송이 비 면허 대역을 사용하지 못해 실패되는 경우 단말에게 이전에 PDSCH를 위해 스케줄링된 영역에 대한, 버퍼에 저장된 정보들을 폐기(discard)할 것을 지시할 수 있다. 이 지시는 다음 번 서브프레임의 PDCCH를 통해 전송될 수도 있고, k 서브프레임 이후의 PDCCH에 포함될 수도 있다. 또는 PDCCH 이외 다른 신호(예를 들어, 다른 물리 채널, 상위계층 시그널링 등)을 이용하여 전달 될 수 있다.As described above, since the PDSCH transmission is scheduled on the unlicensed band before performing the carrier sensing, if the unlicensed band cannot be continuously used as a result of the carrier sensing, the finally scheduled PDSCH transmission may fail. . When the UE receives the PDCCH but does not receive the PDSCH in the unlicensed band, the UE may know that the PDSCH has not been received, but may decode another signal instead of the PDSCH not transmitted. Accordingly, the base station may instruct the terminal to discard information stored in the buffer for the region previously scheduled for the PDSCH when the PDSCH transmission fails due to the unlicensed band. This indication may be transmitted on the PDCCH of the next subframe or may be included in the PDCCH after the k subframe. Alternatively, the signal may be transmitted using a signal other than the PDCCH (eg, another physical channel, higher layer signaling, etc.).
도 20은 비 면허 대역 비 면허 대역의 PDSCH가 면허 대역의 PDCCH로 지시되는 것이 아닌, 비 면허 대역상의 PDCCH로 지시되는 것을 나타낸다. 즉, 도 20에 도시된 바와 같이, 반송파 센싱 후 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능해진 시점으로부터(또는 소정 백 오프 타임을 가진 후) PDSCH 및 PDSCH의 스케줄링 정보 등을 포함하는 PDCCH가 전송될 수 있다.20 shows that a PDSCH of an unlicensed band unlicensed band is indicated by a PDCCH on an unlicensed band, rather than a PDCCH of a licensed band. That is, as shown in FIG. 20, the PDCCH including the PDSCH and scheduling information of the PDSCH may be transmitted from the time when the unlicensed band is available (or after a predetermined back off time) after carrier sensing.
도 21은 비 면허 대역에 반송파 센싱을 수행하여 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능해진 시점에 따라 PDSCH가 전송되는 슬롯이 가변되는 것을 나타내는 도면이다. 도 21(a)를 참조하면, 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능해진 시점이 서브프레임의 첫 OFDM 심볼부터 소정 OFDM 심볼 이상인 경우, PDSCH의 전송이 서브프레임의 두 번째 슬롯 상으로 전송되는 것을 알 수 있다. 이에 비해, 도 21(b)에서는 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능해진 시점이 소정 OFDM 심볼 미만이어서 첫 번째 슬롯 및 두 번째 슬롯 모두에서 PDSCH가 전송되는 것을 알 수 있다. 여기서, 소정 OFDM 심볼은 2, 3 OFDM 심볼 등으로 다양하게 설정될 수도 있고, OFDM 심볼 대신에 반송파 센싱 단위가 그 기준이 될 수도 있다.FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating slots in which PDSCHs are transmitted according to a time point when an unlicensed band is available by performing carrier sensing on an unlicensed band. Referring to FIG. 21 (a), when the time period when the unlicensed band is available is more than a predetermined OFDM symbol from the first OFDM symbol of the subframe, it can be seen that the transmission of the PDSCH is transmitted on the second slot of the subframe. On the contrary, in FIG. 21B, the PDSCH is transmitted in both the first slot and the second slot because the time when the unlicensed band is available is less than a predetermined OFDM symbol. Here, the predetermined OFDM symbol may be variously set to 2, 3 OFDM symbols, or the like, and the carrier sensing unit may be a reference instead of the OFDM symbol.
실시예Example 3 3
실시예 3은 비 면허 대역 상으로 PUSCH를 전송하는 방법에 관한 것이다. 이에 대해 도 22를 참조하여 설명하기로 한다. Embodiment 3 relates to a method of transmitting a PUSCH on an unlicensed band. This will be described with reference to FIG. 22.
도 22를 참조하면, 면허 대역의 서브프레임 n 에서 전송되는 PDCCH가 비 면허 대역에서, 면허 대역의 서브프레임 n+4에 해당하는 시간 구간에 PUSCH를 전송한 것을 알 수 있다. 스케줄링된 PUSCH 전송을 위해 단말은 서브프레임 n+4의 시작 시점부터 반송파 센싱을 수행할 수 있다. 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단되면 단말은 비 면허 대역 상에서 PUSCH를 전송할 수 있다. 여기서, 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 결정된 시점이 PUSCH 전송이 시작되는 시점보다 빠른 경우, reserved 구간에 대해 앞서 설명된 예약 신호가 전송될 수 있다. 도 22에 도시된 것은 다양한 PUSCH 전송 방법 중의 하나이며, 반송파 센싱 시점, PUSCH 전송 길이, MCS 등 앞서 비 면허 대역 상으로 PDSCH를 전송하기 위한 설명들이 준용될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 22, it can be seen that a PDCCH transmitted in subframe n of a licensed band transmits a PUSCH in a time period corresponding to subframe n + 4 of a licensed band in an unlicensed band. For transmission of the scheduled PUSCH, the UE may perform carrier sensing from the start of subframe n + 4. If it is determined that the unlicensed band is available as a result of carrier sensing, the UE may transmit a PUSCH on the unlicensed band. Here, when the time point at which it is determined that the unlicensed band is available as a result of carrier sensing is earlier than the time point at which PUSCH transmission is started, the reservation signal described above for the reserved period may be transmitted. 22 is one of various PUSCH transmission methods, and descriptions for transmitting a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, such as a carrier sensing time point, a PUSCH transmission length, an MCS, and the like, may apply mutatis mutandis.
한편, 비 면허 대역에서의 전송 관련 규정(Regulation)을 지키면서 PUSCH 전송을 위한 자원을 수개의 서브프레임 전에 상향링크 승인과 같은 특정 신호로 예약할 수 있다. 즉 상향링크 승인이 이후의 특정 서브프레임, 슬롯 또는 OFDM 심볼에서 PUSCH를 전송할 수 있도록 하는 것이다. 예를 들어 슬롯단위로 운영하는 경우 상향링크 승인을 수신하고 n+4 이후에 오는 서브프레임의 첫 번째 슬롯 또는 첫 번째 슬롯 직전에서 반송파 병합을 수행하고(만약, 이전 n+3 서브프레임이 하향링크 전송용이면 마지막 OFDM 심볼이나 서브프레임의 일부가 반송파 센싱으로 인해서 전송될 수 없는 줄어든 길이의 서브프레임(Reduced Subframe)이 될 수 있다. n+3 서브프레임이 상향링크 전송용이면 마지막 OFDM 심볼이나 반송파 검출에 해당하는 구간만큼을 제외하고 PUSCH를 전송하여야 한다) 비 면허 대역이 사용가능(IDLE)하면 PUSCH를 전송한다. Meanwhile, the resource for PUSCH transmission may be reserved as a specific signal such as an uplink grant before several subframes while maintaining a regulation related to transmission in an unlicensed band. That is, the uplink grant enables the PUSCH to be transmitted in a specific subframe, slot, or OFDM symbol. For example, when operating on a slot basis, a carrier merge is received at the first slot or just before the first slot of a subframe coming after n + 4 (if the previous n + 3 subframe is downlink). For transmission, part of the last OFDM symbol or subframe may be a reduced length subframe that cannot be transmitted due to carrier sensing, or if the n + 3 subframe is for uplink transmission, the last OFDM symbol or carrier The PUSCH should be transmitted except for the interval corresponding to the detection.) If the unlicensed band is available (IDLE), the PUSCH is transmitted.
또는 상향링크 승인을 수신하고 반송파 센싱을 수행해서 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능(IDLE)한 경우 일정 시간 이후(Random Back-off time)에 전송하도록 한다. 다만 랜덤 백 오프 시간의 상한선 및 하한선이 지정되어 있고 그 사이에서 하나의 값이 선택될 수 있다. 예를 들어 n+4로 항상 고정하는 방식이 아닌 n+3, n+5와 같이 몇 개의 지정된 시간에 전송을 하도록 자유도를 주는 것이다. 이렇게 함으로서 단말 또는 타 시스템 장비와의 자원 공유를 공평하게 나누어 사용할 수 있도록 할 수 있다. 예를 들어 랜덤 백 오프 값을 4~6으로 정해두고 4, 5, 6 중의 하나 값을 갖도록 하는 것이다.Alternatively, when receiving an uplink grant and performing carrier sensing, if the unlicensed band is available (IDLE), it is transmitted after a predetermined time (Random Back-off time). However, an upper limit and a lower limit of the random back off time are designated and one value may be selected therebetween. For example, instead of always fixing to n + 4, it gives the freedom to transmit at some specified time, such as n + 3 and n + 5. By doing so, it is possible to divide the resource sharing with the terminal or other system equipment evenly. For example, set the random backoff value to 4 to 6 and have one of 4, 5, and 6 values.
실시예Example 4 4
실시예 4는 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능해진 시점부터 PDSCH 또는 PUSCH가 전송되기 전까지의 시간 구간에서 동기 획득을 위한 프리앰블을 전송하는 것에 관한 것으로 도 24 내지 도 26을 참조하여 설명한다. 여기서 도 24 내지 도 26은 기지국이 비 면허 대역 상으로 PDSCH를 전송하는 경우를 예시하였지만 반드시 여기에 한정되는 것은 아니며, 앞서 설명된 실시예 1 내지 실시예 3의 각 경우에, 상충되지 않는 범위에서 적용될 수 있다. 또한, 프리앰블은 앞서 실시예 2에서 언급되었던 것처럼 단말 식별자(UE ID)로 마스크(mask)되거나 단말 식별자를 기반으로 생성된 프리앰블 시퀀스(Preamble Sequence)일 수 있다. Embodiment 4 relates to transmitting a preamble for synchronization acquisition in a time interval from when the unlicensed band becomes available as a result of carrier sensing and before the PDSCH or PUSCH is transmitted, as described with reference to FIGS. 24 to 26. Here, FIGS. 24 to 26 illustrate a case in which a base station transmits a PDSCH on an unlicensed band, but is not necessarily limited thereto, and in each case of the above-described embodiments 1 to 3, there is no conflict Can be applied. In addition, the preamble may be a preamble sequence masked with a UE identifier or a preamble sequence generated based on the UE identifier, as mentioned in Embodiment 2 above.
도 24는 본 발명의 일 실시형태에 따른 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송에 있어 프리앰블 전송을 설명하기 위한 도면이다.24 is a diagram for explaining preamble transmission in PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 24를 참조하면, 프리앰블(Preamble)이 예약 신호(Reservation signal)에 앞서 전송되는 것을 알 수 있다. 구체적으로, 기지국은 서브프레임 n-1 에서 비 면허 대역의 사용 가능 여부를 확인하기 위해 반송파 센싱을 수행한다. 반송파 센싱 결과 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 경우 기지국은 소정의 백 오프 시간을 가진 후 프리앰블을 전송할 수 있다. 프리앰블 전송에 이어 PDSCH를 전송할 때까지의 시간 동안 도시된 바와 같이 예약 신호를 전송할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 24, it can be seen that the preamble is transmitted before the reservation signal. Specifically, the base station performs carrier sensing in order to determine whether the unlicensed band is available in subframe n-1. When the unlicensed band is available as a result of the carrier sensing, the base station may transmit the preamble after having a predetermined back off time. A reservation signal may be transmitted as shown for the time until the PDSCH is transmitted following the preamble transmission.
이러한 경우, 예약 신호에 앞서 전송되는 프리앰블은 예약 신호의 전송이 시작됨을 단말에게 알려주는 역할을 수행할 수 있다. 아울러 프리앰블은 예약 신호의 기능도 동시에 수행한다. 즉, 앞서 언급되었던 바와 같이, 예약 신호는 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능해진 시점부터 PDSCH를 전송하기까지 비 면허 대역을 사용하기를 원하는 다른 장치들이 비 면허 대역을 사용하지 못하도록 더미 시그널 등을 전송하는 것을 의미하는데, 프리앰블이 전송되는 것 역시 다른 장치들이 비 면허 대역을 사용하지 못하도록 하는 기능도 수행하기 때문이다.In this case, the preamble transmitted in advance of the reservation signal may serve to inform the terminal that transmission of the reservation signal is started. In addition, the preamble also performs the function of the reservation signal. That is, as mentioned above, the reserved signal means that other devices that want to use the unlicensed band from the time when the unlicensed band becomes available until the PDSCH is transmitted transmit a dummy signal or the like so as not to use the unlicensed band. This means that the transmission of the preamble also serves to prevent other devices from using the unlicensed band.
이와 같이, 기지국은 프리앰블 전송에 연속해서 예약 신호를 전송함으로써 비 면허 대역 상으로 PDSCH를 전송하기 위한 자원을 확보할 수 있다. 여기서 확보되는 비 면허 대역의 자원은 전송 기회(transmission opportunity)에 해당되는 개수의 서브프레임(보다 정확히는 전송 기회에 해당하는, 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 개수에 해당하는 비 면허 대역의 자원)일 수 있다. 도 24에서는 예시적으로 전송 기회가 3으로 설정된 것을 나타낸다. 전송되는 프리앰블은 예약 신호의 동기를 위한 것이긴 하지만, 이 프리앰블의 위치, 예약 신호의 지속시간 및 수신 서브프레임의 경계를 이용하여, 단말은 PDSCH 전송에 대한 동기를 획득할 수 있다. In this way, the base station can secure the resources for transmitting the PDSCH on the unlicensed band by transmitting the reservation signal continuously in the preamble transmission. The resources in the unlicensed band secured here are the number of subframes corresponding to the transmission opportunity (more precisely the resources in the unlicensed band corresponding to the number of subframes in the licensed band used by the base station corresponding to the transmission opportunity). Can be. 24 exemplarily shows that the transmission opportunity is set to three. Although the transmitted preamble is for synchronization of the reservation signal, the terminal may acquire synchronization for PDSCH transmission by using the position of the preamble, the duration of the reservation signal, and the boundary of the reception subframe.
도 24의 경우에 있어서, 예약 신호가 전송되는 것으로 도시되어 있지만, 앞의 실시예들에서 설명된 것과 마찬가지로, 반송파 센싱을 수행하여 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 시점이 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계 또는 슬롯 경계 중 어느 하나인 경우에는 예약 신호의 전송은 불필요하므로 생략될 수도 있다. 또한, 비 면허 대역 상으로의 PDSCH의 전송은 반송파 센싱 전에 스케줄링 된 것일 수도 있고, 반송파 센싱 후 스케줄링 된 것일 수도 있으며, 이에 대한 상세한 설명은 실시예 1 및 2에 대한 설명으로 대체하기로 한다.In the case of FIG. 24, although the reservation signal is shown to be transmitted, the licensed band used by the base station at the time when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available by performing carrier sensing, as described in the above embodiments. In the case of either the subframe boundary or the slot boundary, the transmission of the reservation signal is unnecessary and may be omitted. In addition, transmission of the PDSCH on the unlicensed band may be scheduled before carrier sensing or scheduled after carrier sensing, and a detailed description thereof will be replaced with the description of Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.
비 면허 대역 상으로 전송되는 PDSCH에 대한 스케줄링 정보는 앞서 설명된 것과 같이 면허 대역 상으로 전송되는 PDCCH에 의해 단말에 전달될 수 있으며, 또는 도 24에 도시된 것과 달리 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDCCH를 통해 전송될 수도 있다. 만약, 프리앰블이 PDSCH를 수신하는 단말의 식별자 외 기타 필요한 스케줄링 정보들을 포함하는 경우에는 PDCCH를 통해 비 면허 대역에 대한 스케줄링 정보를 수신하지 않는 방식으로 운용될 수도 있을 것이다.Scheduling information for the PDSCH transmitted on the unlicensed band may be delivered to the terminal by the PDCCH transmitted on the licensed band as described above, or unlike the illustrated in FIG. 24, transmitted on the unlicensed band via the PDCCH. May be If the preamble includes necessary scheduling information other than the identifier of the terminal receiving the PDSCH, the preamble may be operated in a manner that does not receive the scheduling information for the unlicensed band through the PDCCH.
도 25는 본 발명의 일 실시형태에 따른 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송에 있어 프리앰블(Preamble)이 예약 신호(Reservation signal) 전송 이후에 전송되는 것을 설명하기 위한 도면이다. 도 25(a)에서는 프리앰블이 예약 신호 전송에 이어서 전송되되, 면허 대역의 서브프레임 시작 타이밍에 전송되는 것을, 도 25(b)에서는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 시작 타이밍에 프리앰블 전송이 완료되도록 전송되는 것을 나타낸다. 즉, 도 25(a), (b) 모두 프리앰블이 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계에 해당되는 타이밍에 전송된다. FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining that a preamble is transmitted after a reservation signal transmission in a PDSCH transmission in an unlicensed band according to an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 25 (a), the preamble is transmitted after the reservation signal transmission, and the preamble is transmitted at the subframe start timing of the licensed band. In FIG. 25 (b), the preamble is transmitted to be completed at the subframe start timing of the licensed band. Indicates. That is, in FIGs. 25A and 25B, the preamble is transmitted at the timing corresponding to the subframe boundary of the licensed band.
이러한 경우, 프리앰블의 전송은 이어서 전송될 PDSCH의 동기 획득 또는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 동기 획득에 사용될 수 있다. 즉, 단말의 입장에서는 프리앰블이 수신되면, 곧 이어서 PDSCH가 전송될 것을 알 수 있게 되어, PDSCH 수신 타이밍을 정확히 알 수 있게 된다. In this case, transmission of the preamble may be used for synchronization acquisition of the PDSCH to be transmitted or subframe synchronization acquisition of the licensed band. That is, from the terminal's point of view, when the preamble is received, the PDSCH is soon to be transmitted, so that the PDSCH reception timing can be accurately known.
한편, 도 25에서는 프리앰블의 전송이 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계에 상응하는 타이밍에 전송되는 것으로 도시되었으나, 이와 달리, 슬롯 경계에서 전송될 수도 있다. 즉, 앞서 도 19에서 설명된 것과 같이 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 전송이 슬롯 단위로 이루어지는 경우에 슬롯 경계에서 프리앰블이 전송될 수도 있다. 만약, 비 면허 대역을 면허 대역의 서브프레임 또는 슬롯 단위로 구분하여 사용하지 않고, 임의의 시간 구간 단위로 사용하는 경우, 프리앰블의 전송은 그 임의의 시간 구간에 대한 PDSCH 전송에 대한 동기 획득을 위해 사용될 수도 있다.Meanwhile, in FIG. 25, the transmission of the preamble is transmitted at a timing corresponding to the subframe boundary of the licensed band. Alternatively, the preamble may be transmitted at the slot boundary. That is, as described above with reference to FIG. 19, when the PDSCH transmission is performed by the slot unit in the unlicensed band, the preamble may be transmitted at the slot boundary. If the unlicensed band is not divided into subframes or slots of the licensed band and used in an arbitrary time interval unit, the transmission of the preamble is performed to obtain synchronization for PDSCH transmission for the arbitrary time interval. May be used.
도 26에서는 프리앰블이 예약 신호의 전송 이전 및 이후 두 번에 걸쳐 전송되는 것을 나타낸다. 즉, 도 26에서는 도 24에서 설명된 예약 신호의 전송 동기를 위한 프리앰블 및 도 25에서 설명된 PDSCH 전송 동기를 위한 프리앰블이 모두 전송되는 것으로써, 수신 측에서 예약 신호 및 PDSCH 전송에 대한 동기(또는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 동기)를 정확히 파악할 수 있다. 여기서, 예약 신호의 전송에 앞서 전송되는 프리앰블(Preamble 1)과 예약 신호의 전송 후 전송되는 프리앰블(Preamble 2)은 동일한 프리앰블이 사용되고 수신 측이 이를 전송 순서에 따라 어떤 동기 획득을 위한 프리앰블인지 판단하도록 운용될 수 있고, 또는 두 프리앰블(Preamble 1, 2)은 서로 다른 시퀀스로 이루어진 것일 수도 있다. 두 개의 프리앰블(Preamble 1, 2)이 서로 다른 시퀀스로 이루어진 것일 경우, 예를 들어 PDSCH 전송에 앞서 전송되는 프리앰블만 단말 식별자로부터 생성된 시퀀스가 사용될 수 있을 것이다.In FIG. 26, the preamble is transmitted twice before and after transmission of the reservation signal. That is, in FIG. 26, both the preamble for transmission synchronization of the reservation signal described with reference to FIG. 24 and the preamble for PDSCH transmission synchronization described with reference to FIG. 25 are transmitted. Subframe synchronization of the licensed band) can be accurately identified. Here, the preamble (Preamble 1) transmitted before the transmission of the reservation signal and the preamble (Preamble 2) transmitted after the transmission of the reservation signal are the same preamble is used so that the receiving side determines which preamble for synchronization acquisition according to the transmission order The two preambles Preamble 1 and 2 may be formed in different sequences. If the two preambles (Preamble 1, 2) are made of different sequences, for example, only the preamble transmitted before the PDSCH transmission may use a sequence generated from the UE identifier.
앞서 설명된 프리앰블은 시간 축 상에서, 적어도 하나 이상의 OFDM 심볼에 해당하는 시간 자원을 사용하는 것일 수 있고, 또는 비 면허 대역을 사용하고자 하는 다른 장치들을 고려하여 그 전송 시간 단위가 결정된 것일 수도 있다. The preamble described above may be using a time resource corresponding to at least one or more OFDM symbols on the time axis, or the transmission time unit may be determined in consideration of other devices that want to use an unlicensed band.
한편, 프리앰블의 전송은 매 PDSCH 전송마다 이루어질 수도 있지만, 경우에 따라서는 전송되지 않을 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 하나의 특정 단말에게 예약신호, 프리앰블 및 PDSCH 등을 전송한 이후, 소정 시간 이내에 다시 그 특정 단말에게 PDSCH 등을 전송하는 경우에는 프리앰블의 전송은 생략될 수도 있을 것이다. 또는, 프리앰블의 전송은 미리 설정된 주기에 따라 전송되는 것으로 설정될 수도 있다.Meanwhile, although the transmission of the preamble may be performed every PDSCH transmission, in some cases, the preamble may not be transmitted. For example, after transmitting a reservation signal, a preamble, a PDSCH, and the like to one specific terminal, if the PDSCH is transmitted to the specific terminal again within a predetermined time, the transmission of the preamble may be omitted. Alternatively, the transmission of the preamble may be set to be transmitted according to a preset period.
이상의 설명들은 기본적으로 OFDM 방식을 전제로 하여 설명되었지만, 본 발명의 실시예들은 OFDMA 방식으로 적용될 수도 있다. 즉, 도 23에 도시된 바와 같이 비 면허 대역을 주파수 자원 상에서 분리하여 단말 1 및 단말 2에 대하여 PUSCH 전송을 수행하도록 설정될 수 있다. 반송파 센싱 시점, 단위, PUSCH 서브프레임 길이, 예약 신호의 전송 등 기타 자세한 내용은 전술한 설명으로 대체하기로 한다. 아울러, 도 23에서는 PUSCH 전송에 대해 도시되어 있으나, PDSCH 전송의 경우에도 적용될 수 있음을 밝혀둔다.Although the above descriptions have been basically based on the OFDM scheme, embodiments of the present invention may be applied to the OFDMA scheme. That is, as shown in FIG. 23, the unlicensed band may be separated on frequency resources to be configured to perform PUSCH transmission for the terminal 1 and the terminal 2. Other details such as carrier sensing time, unit, PUSCH subframe length, transmission of reservation signal, etc. will be replaced with the above description. In addition, although FIG. 23 illustrates the PUSCH transmission, it can be found that the present invention can be applied to the PDSCH transmission.
이하에서는 앞서 설명된 비 면허 대역 상으로 PDSCH 및 PUSCH 전송에 관련하여 추가적으로 적용될 수 있는 사항들에 대해 설명한다.Hereinafter, details that may be additionally applied in relation to PDSCH and PUSCH transmission on the unlicensed band described above will be described.
i) PDCCH 상에서 전송되는 DCIi) DCI transmitted on PDCCH
상술한 방법들에서 PDCCH 상에서 전송되는 DCI는 기존 LTE-A DCI 포맷들을 그대로 사용할 수 있다. 다만 서브프레임의 시작 위치, 종료 위치, 길이, MCS, 반송파 센싱 위치 등과 같은 정보를 추가적으로 포함할 수 있다. 특히 OFDM 방식과 같이 하나의 단말이 전체 비 면허 대역을 일정 시간 동안 점유하는 구조에서는, 현재 점유하는 패킷(Packet) 또는 전송블록(Transport Block)의 시작시점, 종료시점, 길이 등을 방송(broadcast)함으로써, 반송파 센싱 및 PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH 전송에 도움을 줄 수 있다.In the above-described methods, the DCI transmitted on the PDCCH may use existing LTE-A DCI formats as it is. However, the subframe may additionally include information such as a start position, an end position, a length, an MCS, a carrier sensing position, and the like. In particular, in a structure in which one UE occupies the entire unlicensed band for a predetermined time, such as the OFDM scheme, broadcast the start point, end point, length, etc. of a currently occupied packet or transport block. By doing so, it may help for carrier sensing and PDSCH and / or PUSCH transmission.
ii) 반송파 병합의 부분 적용 및 미 적용ii) partial and non-carrier aggregation
반송파 병합이 부분적으로 적용(Partial cross carrier scheduling)되거나 또는 비 면허 대역상에서 PDCCH가 전송되는 경우, PDCCH는 비 면허 대역상으로 스케줄링되는 PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH에 대한 일부 정보 만을 전송할 수 도 있다. 예를 들어 MCS 정보만 포함될 수 있다. 즉 HARQ, Power Control, RA 정보는 제외될 수 있다. 즉, PDSCH가 어느 단말로 전송되는 것인지, PUSCH가 어느 단말로부터 전송 된 것인지에 대한 구분을 위해서 PDSCH 앞서 특정 프리앰블을 전송하여 단말을 구분하면서 전송 시작 위치를 알려 주고, PUSCH 전송의 앞부분에 특정 프리앰블을 전송하여 어느 단말이 송신했는지 여부 및 PUSCH 전송 시작 위치를 알려줄 수 있다. 여기서 프리앰블은 단말 구분뿐 아니라 레퍼런스 신호(reference signal) 기능을 수행할 수도 있다. 이 경우 단말 식별자(UE ID)를 사용하여 생성된 레퍼런스 신호를 사용함으로써 해당 패킷이 어느 단말의 것인지를 알아 낼 수 있다. PDSCH에도 마찬가지로 레퍼런스 신호를 보고 수신 단말을 알 수 있다. 이러한 프리앰블 또는 레퍼런스 신호가 전송되는 위치는 처음 또는 마지막이 될 수 있다. When carrier aggregation is partially applied (Partial cross carrier scheduling) or when a PDCCH is transmitted on an unlicensed band, the PDCCH may transmit only some information on PDSCH and / or PUSCH scheduled on the unlicensed band. For example, only MCS information may be included. That is, HARQ, Power Control, and RA information may be excluded. That is, in order to distinguish between which UE the PDSCH is transmitted from and which UE the PUSCH is transmitted from, a specific preamble is transmitted before PDSCH to inform the transmission start position while distinguishing the UE, and the specific preamble is transmitted in front of the PUSCH transmission. It can be informed which UE has transmitted and the PUSCH transmission start position. Here, the preamble may perform a reference signal function as well as terminal classification. In this case, it is possible to find out which terminal the corresponding packet belongs to by using a reference signal generated using a UE ID. Similarly with the PDSCH, the receiving terminal can be known by looking at the reference signal. The location at which this preamble or reference signal is transmitted may be first or last.
iii) 전송 전력 제어iii) transmission power control
비 면허 대역상으로 전송되는 PDSCH 및/또는 PUSCH의 전송 전력은 지정된 값을 사용하고 별도의 전력 제어을 수행하지 않을 수 있다. 즉 비 면허 대역에서 지정된 전력으로 지정된 시간 동안 전송이 이루어지도록 설정하고, 그 변경은 별도의 신호를 통해서 이루어지도록 구성할 수 있다. OFDMA 방식에서도 상기 제안한 규칙 및 방법을 대부분 적용할 수 있다. The transmit power of the PDSCH and / or PUSCH transmitted on the unlicensed band may use a specified value and may not perform separate power control. That is, the transmission may be set for a designated time at a specified power in an unlicensed band, and the change may be configured through a separate signal. In the OFDMA scheme, most of the proposed rules and methods can be applied.
iv) 반송파 센싱(carrier sensing, CS)iv) carrier sensing (CS)
앞서 설명된 PDSCH 또는 PUSCH의 전송은 비 면허 대역의 전체 대역폭을 LTE/LTE-A 시스템의 기지국 또는 단말이 사용하는 경우이었다. 구체적으로, OFDM 방식의 PDSCH 전송 경우를 예를 들면, 기지국은 비 면허 대역에 대해 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 경우(필요한 경우 예약 신호의 전송을 통해 비 면허 대역을 예약하여) PDSCH를 전송하는데, 이 때 반송파 센싱은 비 면허 대역의 전체 대역폭에 대해 시간 축 상에서 일정 단위(예를 들어, OFDM 심볼 단위)로 이루어지며, PDSCH 전송도 비 면허 대역의 전체 대역폭에 대해 이루어지는 것으로 설명되었었다. 다만, 비 면허 대역의 전체 대역폭이 사용 가능하지 않은 것으로 판단된 경우에도, 비 면허 대역폭의 전체 대역폭이 충분히 넓거나 또는 비 면허 대역을 사용중인 장치의 사용 대역폭이 작아서 일부 대역폭은 사용할 수 있는 경우가 있을 수 있다. 이러한 경우 MCS 설정을 낮추거나 재 전송을 감수하고 전송을 수행할 수도 있지만, 근본적인 해결책이 되지는 못한다. 따라서, 앞서 설명된 시간 축 상으로 반송파 센싱 수행에 더하여 주파수 축 상으로 반송파 센싱과 이를 위한 반송파 센싱 유닛 및 자원 예약방법이 제시된다.The transmission of the PDSCH or the PUSCH described above was a case where the base station or the terminal of the LTE / LTE-A system uses the entire bandwidth of the unlicensed band. Specifically, for example, in the OFDM scheme of PDSCH transmission, the base station performs carrier sensing for the unlicensed band and if the unlicensed band is available (if necessary, by reserving the unlicensed band through transmission of a reservation signal). In this case, carrier sensing is performed in a unit of time (for example, OFDM symbol) on the time axis for the entire bandwidth of the unlicensed band, and PDSCH transmission has been described for the entire bandwidth of the unlicensed band. . However, even when it is determined that the total bandwidth of the unlicensed band is not available, some bandwidth may not be available because the total bandwidth of the unlicensed bandwidth is wide enough or the bandwidth of the device using the unlicensed band is small. There may be. In this case, you can lower the MCS setting or take the retransmission and perform the transmission, but this is not a fundamental solution. Accordingly, in addition to performing carrier sensing on the time axis described above, a carrier sensing on the frequency axis, a carrier sensing unit, and a resource reservation method for the same are provided.
비 면허 대역에 존재하는 시스템들의 반송파 센싱 입도(Carrier Sensing granularity), 전송 대역폭(transmission bandwidth), 액세스 가능 대역폭(accessible bandwidth), 서칭 대역폭(searching bandwidth)등을 분석하여 반송파 센싱 유닛을 결정할 수 있다. 그리고 이를 기반으로 비 면허 대역을 묵시적(implicitly) 또는 명시적(explicitly)으로 파티셔닝(partitioning)하고 반송파 센싱 및 자원예약을 수행할 수 있다. 여기서 반송파 센싱 유닛은 여러 크기가 존재할 수 있다. 즉 반송파 센싱 유닛이 하나의 기본 단위로 구성되지 않을 경우가 충분히 존재한다. 이는 비 면허대역에 존재할 수 있는 시스템을 결정하고 그 시스템들 기반으로 반송파 센싱 유닛이 결정되기 때문에 몇 개의 시스템까지를 고려해서 반송파 센싱 유닛을 결정할 것인지에 따라 달라지게 마련이다.The carrier sensing unit may be determined by analyzing carrier sensing granularity, transmission bandwidth, accessible bandwidth, search bandwidth, and the like of systems existing in the unlicensed band. Based on this, the unlicensed band can be implicitly or explicitly partitioned, and carrier sensing and resource reservation can be performed. Here, the carrier sensing unit may have several sizes. That is, there is a case where the carrier sensing unit is not configured in one basic unit. Since the carrier sensing unit is determined based on the systems that may exist in the unlicensed band, the number of carrier sensing units will be determined considering the number of systems.
예를 들어 비 면허대역에 존재하는 시스템 중에서 LTE-A 기지국 또는 단말은 20MHz 전체 대역에 대해서 전송을 수행하고자 하고, WiFi는 5MHz 또는 10MHz 단위로 반송파 센싱 및 전송을 수행 하고자 하는 경우가 있을 수 있다. LTE-A 시스템이 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 자원을 예약하기 위해서는 WiFi가 사용하는 5MHz 단위의 대역 파티셔닝을 고려해야 한다. 20MHz가 4개의 5MHz로(즉, band1, band2, band3, band4)로 정확히 나누어져 있다면 LTE-A 시스템은 5MHz 크기의 band 단위로 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 WiFi 시스템이 존재하는지 확인한 후 사용 가능하면 자원을 예약하여 사용할 수 있다. 특정 밴드(band1)가 사용 가능하지 않으면 사용 가능한 다른 밴드를 선택해서 예약 및 전송을 수행할 수 있다.For example, the LTE-A base station or terminal in the unlicensed band system may attempt to perform transmission for the entire 20MHz band, and WiFi may perform carrier sensing and transmission in 5MHz or 10MHz units. In order to perform carrier sensing and reserve resources, the LTE-A system needs to consider 5MHz bandwidth partitioning used by WiFi. If 20MHz is correctly divided into 4 5MHz (ie, band1, band2, band3, and band4), the LTE-A system performs carrier sensing in 5MHz size band unit, checks whether the WiFi system exists, and uses resources if available. Can be reserved. If a specific band band1 is not available, another available band may be selected to perform reservation and transmission.
도 27은 LTE-A 시스템과 Non-LTE-A 시스템 A, B가 각 시스템에 맞는 반송파 센싱 유닛 단위로 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 그 결과에 따라서 전송을 수행하는 예를 도시한 것이다. 편의상 반송파 센싱 유닛을 같은 크기로 나누었으나 실제 밴드 파티셔닝은 동일하게 이루어지지 않을 수 있다. 시스템 A는 반송파 센싱 유닛(carrier sensing unit) 단위로 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 전송하는 경우이고 (1개의 반송파 센싱 유닛에 해당하는 주파수 자원만 전송에 필요한 경우이거나 1개의 반송파 센싱 유닛이 최대 전송 대역인 경우), 시스템 B는 2개의 반송파 센싱 유닛 단위로 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 전송하는 예이다(2개의 반송파 센싱 유닛에 해당하는 주파수 자원이 전송에 필요한 경우이거나 2개의 반송파 센싱 유닛이 최대 전송 대역인 경우). LTE-A 시스템은 보내고자 하는 패킷의 크기에 따라서 임의개의 반송파 센싱 유닛에 대해서 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 그 중에 사용 가능한 밴드를 선택하여 전송을 수행할 수 있다. 시간영역에서도 이와 같은 BUSY Sensing Interval이 적용할 수 있다.FIG. 27 illustrates an example in which an LTE-A system and a non-LTE-A system A and B perform carrier sensing in units of a carrier sensing unit suitable for each system and transmit according to the result. For convenience, the carrier sensing unit is divided into the same size, but the actual band partitioning may not be the same. System A performs carrier sensing on a carrier sensing unit basis and transmits (when only a frequency resource corresponding to one carrier sensing unit is required for transmission or one carrier sensing unit is a maximum transmission band). System B is an example of performing carrier sensing in two carrier sensing units and transmitting (when a frequency resource corresponding to two carrier sensing units is required for transmission or two carrier sensing units are the maximum transmission bands). . The LTE-A system may perform carrier sensing on an arbitrary carrier sensing unit according to the size of a packet to be sent and select a usable band therefrom to perform transmission. The same Busy Sensing Interval can be applied in the time domain.
상기 기술은 기지국에서 수행할 수 도 있고 단말에서도 수행할 수 있다. 기지국으로부터 단말로(eNB-to-UE) 전송시 기지국이 반송파 센싱을 수행하는 반면, 단말로부터 기지국으로(UE-to-eNB) 전송시에는 단말이 이러한 반송파 센싱을 수행하는 것이 일반적이다. The technique may be performed at the base station or at the terminal. While the base station performs carrier sensing when transmitting from the base station to the terminal (eNB-to-UE), it is common that the terminal performs such carrier sensing when transmitting from the terminal to the base station (UE-to-eNB).
또는 반송파 센싱을 상호 보완하는 방법으로 동작하는 것도 가능하다. 즉 도 28(a)에 도시된 바와 같이 기지국이 반송파 센싱을 수행할 경우 단말이 어떻게 간섭을 받는지 알 수 없기 때문에, 사전에 단말은 반송파 센싱을 수행하고 (필요 시 해당 자원을 예약할 수 있음) 이를 기지국에 알려주면 기지국은 자신의 반송파 센싱을 수행 결과와 단말로부터 피드백 받은 반송파 센싱 정보를 취합하여 전송을 시도할 수 있다. 단말이 추천한(or 예약한) 자원영역으로 전송을 수행하도록 유도할 수도 있다. 마찬가지로 도 28(b)를 참조하면, 단말은 기지국이 겪는 자원 충돌 상황을 단말이 정확히 알 수 없기 때문에 기지국이 자신이 겪고 있는 자원상황을 반송파 센싱을 통해서 파악한 후 (필요 시 자원을 예약해 둘 수 도 있음) 이를 단말에게 알려주어 단말이 올바른 자원영역으로 전송을 수행할 수 있도록 유도 할 수 있다. 여기서 이러한 부가적은 정보를 주고 받기 위한 별도의 채널을 두거나 기존의 물리채널을 통해서 이러한 정보를 획득할 수 있다.Alternatively, the present invention may operate in a manner that complements carrier sensing. That is, as shown in FIG. 28 (a), when the base station performs carrier sensing, the terminal may not know how to interfere with the base station, and thus, the terminal performs carrier sensing in advance and may reserve the corresponding resource if necessary. If the base station is notified of this, the base station may attempt to transmit by combining the result of the carrier sensing and the carrier sensing information received from the terminal. The terminal may be induced to perform transmission to the recommended (or reserved) resource region. Similarly, referring to FIG. 28 (b), since the UE cannot exactly know the resource collision situation experienced by the base station, the base station can determine the resource situation that the base station is experiencing through carrier sensing (reserving the resource if necessary). Also, it can be informed to the terminal to induce the terminal to perform the transmission to the correct resource region. In this case, such additional information may be obtained through a separate channel for transmitting and receiving information or through an existing physical channel.
v) 기타v) other
PDSCH 전송에 대한 ACK/NACK 또는 PUSCH 전송에 대한 ACK/NACK은 해당 패킷 전송 직후 바로 수신하도록 설정될 수 있다. 또한 ACK/NACK의 전송은 면허 대역상으로만 이루어지도록 설정될 수 있다.The ACK / NACK for the PDSCH transmission or the ACK / NACK for the PUSCH transmission may be configured to be received immediately after the corresponding packet transmission. In addition, the transmission of the ACK / NACK may be set to be performed only on the licensed band.
상술한 설명들은 FDD 뿐만 아니라 TDD에도 적용할 수 있다. TDD의 경우 하향링크와 상향링크의 주파수 대역이 동일하기 때문에 참조되는 도면들에서 면허 대역(LTE-A PCC band)이 하나로 표현될 수 있다.The above descriptions can be applied to TDD as well as FDD. In the case of TDD, since the frequency bands of the downlink and the uplink are the same, a license band (LTE-A PCC band) may be represented as one in the drawings.
한편, 면허 대역과 비 면허 대역에서 서브프레임 경계를 의도적으로 일치하지 않도록, 예를 들어 오프셋(offset)을 주어서 상기 동작을 더 효율적으로 수행되도록 할 수도 있다.On the other hand, the operation may be performed more efficiently by, for example, giving an offset so as not to intentionally coincide the subframe boundary in the licensed band and the unlicensed band.
앞서 설명된 실시예는 어느 하나가 단독으로 적용될 수도 있지만, 둘 이상의 실시예의 조합으로 적용될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 비 면허 대역으로 PDSCH 및 PUSCH 전송을 모두 수행하는 경우, 실시예 2 및 실시예 3이 동시에 적용되는 것으로 이해될 수 있다.The embodiments described above may be applied alone, but may be applied in a combination of two or more embodiments. For example, when performing both PDSCH and PUSCH transmission in the unlicensed band, it can be understood that Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3 are simultaneously applied.
도 29는 본 발명에 따른 기지국 장치 및 단말 장치의 구성을 도시한 도면이다. 29 is a diagram illustrating the configuration of a base station apparatus and a terminal apparatus according to the present invention.
도 29를 참조하면 본 발명에 따른 기지국 장치(2910)는, 수신모듈(2911), 전송모듈(2912), 프로세서(2913), 메모리(2914) 및 복수개의 안테나(2915)를 포함할 수 있다. 복수개의 안테나(2915)는 MIMO 송수신을 지원하는 기지국 장치를 의미한다. 수신모듈(2911)은 단말로부터의 상향링크 상의 각종 신호, 데이터 및 정보를 수신할 수 있다. 전송모듈(2912)은 단말로의 하향링크 상의 각종 신호, 데이터 및 정보를 전송할 수 있다. 프로세서(2913)는 기지국 장치(2910) 전반의 동작을 제어할 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 29, the base station apparatus 2910 according to the present invention may include a receiving module 2911, a transmitting module 2912, a processor 2913, a memory 2914, and a plurality of antennas 2915. The plurality of antennas 2915 means a base station apparatus supporting MIMO transmission and reception. The receiving module 2911 may receive various signals, data, and information on the uplink from the terminal. The transmission module 2912 may transmit various signals, data, and information on a downlink to the terminal. The processor 2913 may control the overall operation of the base station apparatus 2910.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 기지국 장치(2910)의 프로세서(2913)는, 반송파 센싱을 통해 상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 경우 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 전송하며, 상기 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나의 전송 직후 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 전송하되, 상기 프리앰블은 단말 장치가 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH의 수신을 위한 동기를 획득하기 위한 것일 수 있다.The processor 2913 of the base station apparatus 2910 according to an embodiment of the present invention transmits at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available through carrier sensing. The PDSCH may be transmitted on an unlicensed band immediately after transmission of at least one of the reservation signals, and the preamble may be for the terminal device to acquire synchronization for reception of the reservation signal or the PDSCH.
기지국 장치(2910)의 프로세서(2913)는 그 외에도 기지국 장치(2910)가 수신한 정보, 외부로 전송할 정보 등을 연산 처리하는 기능을 수행하며, 메모리(2914)는 연산 처리된 정보 등을 소정시간 동안 저장할 수 있으며, 버퍼(미도시) 등의 구성요소로 대체될 수 있다. In addition, the processor 2913 of the base station apparatus 2910 performs a function of processing information received by the base station apparatus 2910 and information to be transmitted to the outside, and the memory 2914 stores the processed information and the like for a predetermined time. And may be replaced by a component such as a buffer (not shown).
계속해서 도 29를 참조하면 본 발명에 따른 단말 장치(2920)는, 수신모듈(2921), 전송모듈(2922), 프로세서(2923), 메모리(2924) 및 복수개의 안테나(2925)를 포함할 수 있다. 복수개의 안테나(2925)는 MIMO 송수신을 지원하는 단말 장치를 의미한다. 수신모듈(2921)은 기지국으로부터의 하향링크 상의 각종 신호, 데이터 및 정보를 수신할 수 있다. 전송모듈(2922)은 기지국으로의 상향링크 상의 각종 신호, 데이터 및 정보를 전송할 수 있다. 프로세서(2923)는 단말 장치(2920) 전반의 동작을 제어할 수 있다. 29, the terminal device 2920 according to the present invention may include a receiving module 2921, a transmitting module 2922, a processor 2913, a memory 2924, and a plurality of antennas 2925. have. The plurality of antennas 2925 may mean a terminal device that supports MIMO transmission and reception. The receiving module 2921 may receive various signals, data, and information on a downlink from the base station. The transmission module 2922 may transmit various signals, data, and information on the uplink to the base station. The processor 2913 may control operations of the entire terminal device 2920.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 단말 장치(2920)의 프로세서(2923)는, 기지국으로부터 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 수신하며, 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 수신하되, 상기 프리앰블을 통해 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH의 수신 동기를 획득할 수 있다.The processor 2913 of the terminal device 2920 according to an embodiment of the present invention receives at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal from a base station on the unlicensed band and receives a PDSCH on the unlicensed band. Receiving synchronization of the reservation signal or the PDSCH may be obtained through a preamble.
단말 장치(2920)의 프로세서(2923)는 그 외에도 단말 장치(2920)가 수신한 정보, 외부로 전송할 정보 등을 연산 처리하는 기능을 수행하며, 메모리(2924)는 연산 처리된 정보 등을 소정시간 동안 저장할 수 있으며, 버퍼(미도시) 등의 구성요소로 대체될 수 있다. In addition, the processor 2913 of the terminal device 2920 performs a function of processing information received by the terminal device 2920, information to be transmitted to the outside, and the memory 2924 stores arithmetic information and the like for a predetermined time. And may be replaced by a component such as a buffer (not shown).
위와 같은 기지국 장치 및 단말 장치의 구체적인 구성은, 전술한 본 발명의 다양한 실시예에서 설명한 사항들이 독립적으로 적용되거나 또는 2 이상의 실시예가 동시에 적용되도록 구현될 수 있으며, 중복되는 내용은 명확성을 위하여 설명을 생략한다. Specific configurations of the base station apparatus and the terminal apparatus as described above may be implemented so that the above-described matters described in various embodiments of the present invention may be independently applied or two or more embodiments may be applied at the same time. Omit.
또한, 도 29에 대한 설명에 있어서 기지국 장치(2910)에 대한 설명은 하향링크 전송 주체 또는 상향링크 수신 주체로서의 장치에 대해서도 동일하게 적용될 수 있고, 단말 장치(2920)에 대한 설명은 하향링크 수신 주체 또는 상향링크 전송 주체로서의 릴레이 장치에 대해서도 동일하게 적용될 수 있다.In addition, in the description of FIG. 29, the description of the base station apparatus 2910 may be equally applicable to a downlink transmitting entity or an uplink receiving entity, and the description of the terminal apparatus 2920 is a downlink receiving entity. Alternatively, the same may be applied to a relay device as an uplink transmission entity.
상술한 본 발명의 실시예들은 다양한 수단을 통해 구현될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 본 발명의 실시예들은 하드웨어, 펌웨어(firmware), 소프트웨어 또는 그것들의 결합 등에 의해 구현될 수 있다. Embodiments of the present invention described above may be implemented through various means. For example, embodiments of the present invention may be implemented by hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
하드웨어에 의한 구현의 경우, 본 발명의 실시예들에 따른 방법은 하나 또는 그 이상의 ASICs(Application Specific Integrated Circuits), DSPs(Digital Signal Processors), DSPDs(Digital Signal Processing Devices), PLDs(Programmable Logic Devices), FPGAs(Field Programmable Gate Arrays), 프로세서, 컨트롤러, 마이크로 컨트롤러, 마이크로 프로세서 등에 의해 구현될 수 있다.For implementation in hardware, a method according to embodiments of the present invention may include one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), Digital Signal Processing Devices (DSPDs), and Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs). It may be implemented by field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, and the like.
펌웨어나 소프트웨어에 의한 구현의 경우, 본 발명의 실시예들에 따른 방법은 이상에서 설명된 기능 또는 동작들을 수행하는 모듈, 절차 또는 함수 등의 형태로 구현될 수 있다. 소프트웨어 코드는 메모리 유닛에 저장되어 프로세서에 의해 구동될 수 있다. 상기 메모리 유닛은 상기 프로세서 내부 또는 외부에 위치하여, 이미 공지된 다양한 수단에 의해 상기 프로세서와 데이터를 주고 받을 수 있다.In the case of an implementation by firmware or software, the method according to the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented in the form of a module, a procedure, or a function that performs the functions or operations described above. The software code may be stored in a memory unit and driven by a processor. The memory unit may be located inside or outside the processor, and may exchange data with the processor by various known means.
상술한 바와 같이 개시된 본 발명의 바람직한 실시예들에 대한 상세한 설명은 당업자가 본 발명을 구현하고 실시할 수 있도록 제공되었다. 상기에서는 본 발명의 바람직한 실시예들을 참조하여 설명하였지만, 해당 기술 분야의 숙련된 당업자는 본 발명의 영역으로부터 벗어나지 않는 범위 내에서 본 발명을 다양하게 수정 및 변경시킬 수 있음을 이해할 수 있을 것이다. 예를 들어, 당업자는 상술한 실시예들에 기재된 각 구성을 서로 조합하는 방식으로 이용할 수 있다. 따라서, 본 발명은 여기에 나타난 실시형태들에 제한되려는 것이 아니라, 여기서 개시된 원리들 및 신규한 특징들과 일치하는 최광의 범위를 부여하려는 것이다.The detailed description of the preferred embodiments of the invention disclosed as described above is provided to enable those skilled in the art to implement and practice the invention. Although the above has been described with reference to preferred embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art will understand that various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention. For example, those skilled in the art can use each of the configurations described in the above-described embodiments in combination with each other. Thus, the present invention is not intended to be limited to the embodiments shown herein but is to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.
본 발명은 본 발명의 정신 및 필수적 특징을 벗어나지 않는 범위에서 다른 특정한 형태로 구체화될 수 있다. 따라서, 상기의 상세한 설명은 모든 면에서 제한적으로 해석되어서는 아니 되고 예시적인 것으로 고려되어야 한다. 본 발명의 범위는 첨부된 청구항의 합리적 해석에 의해 결정되어야 하고, 본 발명의 등가적 범위 내에서의 모든 변경은 본 발명의 범위에 포함된다. 본 발명은 여기에 나타난 실시형태들에 제한되려는 것이 아니라, 여기서 개시된 원리들 및 신규한 특징들과 일치하는 최광의 범위를 부여하려는 것이다. 또한, 특허청구범위에서 명시적인 인용 관계가 있지 않은 청구항들을 결합하여 실시예를 구성하거나 출원 후의 보정에 의해 새로운 청구항으로 포함할 수 있다.The invention can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit and essential features of the invention. Accordingly, the above detailed description should not be interpreted as limiting in all aspects and should be considered as illustrative. The scope of the invention should be determined by reasonable interpretation of the appended claims, and all changes within the equivalent scope of the invention are included in the scope of the invention. The present invention is not intended to be limited to the embodiments shown herein but is to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein. In addition, the claims may be combined to form an embodiment by combining claims that do not have an explicit citation relationship or may be incorporated as new claims by post-application correction.
상술한 설명에서는 본 발명을 3GPP LTE 계열 이동 통신 시스템에 적용되는 형태를 중심으로 설명하였으나, 본 발명은 다양한 이동통신 시스템에 동일 또는 균등한 원리로 이용될 수 있다.In the above description, the present invention has been described based on a form applied to the 3GPP LTE series mobile communication system, but the present invention may be used in the same or equivalent principles in various mobile communication systems.

Claims (14)

  1. 무선통신시스템에서 기지국이 비 면허 대역 상으로 신호를 전송하는 방법에 있어서,In a method for transmitting a signal on an unlicensed band by a base station in a wireless communication system,
    반송파 센싱을 통해 상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 경우 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 전송하는 단계;Transmitting at least one of a preamble or a reservation signal when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available through carrier sensing;
    상기 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나의 전송 직후 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 전송하는 단계를 포함하며,Transmitting a PDSCH on an unlicensed band immediately after transmission of at least one of the preamble or a reservation signal,
    상기 프리앰블은, 단말이 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하기 위한 것인, 신호 전송 방법.The preamble is a signal transmission method for the terminal to obtain the reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH.
  2. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 프리앰블이 상기 예약 신호에 앞서 전송되는 경우, 상기 프리앰블은 상기 예약 신호의 전송이 시작됨을 알려주는 정보를 포함하는, 신호 전송 방법.If the preamble is transmitted prior to the reservation signal, the preamble includes information indicating that the transmission of the reservation signal is started.
  3. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 프리앰블이 상기 예약 신호 뒤에 전송되는 경우, 상기 프리앰블은 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계에서 전송되는, 신호 전송 방법.When the preamble is transmitted after the reservation signal, the preamble is transmitted on a subframe boundary of a licensed band used by the base station.
  4. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 시점이 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계 또는 슬롯 경계 중 어느 하나인 경우, 상기 예약 신호는 전송되지 않는, 신호 전송 방법.And if the time when it is determined that the unlicensed band is available is one of a subframe boundary or a slot boundary of the licensed band used by the base station, the reservation signal is not transmitted.
  5. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 비 면허 대역 상으로 전송되는 PDSCH의 스케줄링 정보는 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역 상에서 전송되는 PDCCH를 통해 전송되는, 신호 전송 방법.Scheduling information of the PDSCH transmitted on the unlicensed band is transmitted through a PDCCH transmitted on a licensed band used by the base station.
  6. 제1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 프리앰블은 상기 PDSCH를 수신하는 단말의 식별자 정보를 더 포함하는 것인, 신호 전송 방법.The preamble further comprises identifier information of a terminal receiving the PDSCH.
  7. 무선통신시스템에서 단말이 비 면허 대역 상으로 신호를 수신하는 방법에 있어서,In a method for receiving a signal on an unlicensed band in a wireless communication system,
    기지국으로부터 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 수신하는 단계;Receiving at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal from a base station on the unlicensed band;
    상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 수신하는 단계를 포함하며,Receiving a PDSCH on the unlicensed band,
    상기 단말은 상기 프리앰블을 통해 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하는, 신호 수신 방법.The terminal acquires at least one reception synchronization of the reservation signal or the PDSCH through the preamble.
  8. 제7항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 프리앰블이 상기 예약 신호에 앞서 수신되는 경우, 상기 프리앰블은 상기 예약 신호의 전송이 시작됨을 알려주는 정보를 포함하는, 신호 수신 방법.If the preamble is received before the reservation signal, the preamble includes information indicating that transmission of the reservation signal is started.
  9. 제7항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 프리앰블이 상기 예약 신호 뒤에 수신되는 경우, 상기 프리앰블은 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계에서 전송된 것인, 신호 수신 방법.When the preamble is received after the reservation signal, the preamble is transmitted on a subframe boundary of a licensed band used by the base station.
  10. 제7항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호는 상기 기지국이 반송파 센싱을 통해 상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 경우 전송되며, 상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 시점이 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역의 서브프레임 경계 또는 슬롯 경계 중 어느 하나인 경우 상기 예약 신호는 전송되지 않는, 신호 수신 방법.The preamble or reservation signal is transmitted when the base station determines that the unlicensed band is available through carrier sensing, and the time point when the unlicensed band is determined to be available is used for the subframe boundary of the licensed band used by the base station. Or the reservation signal is not transmitted when it is one of slot boundaries.
  11. 제7항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 비 면허 대역 상으로 수신되는 PDSCH의 스케줄링 정보는 상기 기지국이 사용하는 면허 대역 상에서 PDCCH를 통해 수신되는, 신호 수신 방법.Scheduling information of the PDSCH received on the unlicensed band is received via the PDCCH on the licensed band used by the base station.
  12. 제7항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 프리앰블은 상기 PDSCH를 수신하는 단말의 식별자 정보를 더 포함하는 것인, 신호 수신 방법.The preamble further comprises the identifier information of the terminal that receives the PDSCH, the signal receiving method.
  13. 무선통신시스템에서 기지국 장치에 있어서,A base station apparatus in a wireless communication system,
    전송 모듈; 및Transmission module; And
    프로세서를 포함하고,Includes a processor,
    상기 프로세서는, 반송파 센싱을 통해 상기 비 면허 대역이 사용 가능한 것으로 판단된 경우 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 전송하며, 상기 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나의 전송 직후 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 전송하되, 상기 프리앰블은 단말 장치가 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하기 위한 것인, 기지국 장치.When the processor determines that the unlicensed band is available through carrier sensing, the processor transmits at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal, and transmits a PDSCH on the unlicensed band immediately after transmission of at least one of the preamble or a reservation signal. And the preamble is for a terminal device to obtain reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal and the PDSCH.
  14. 무선통신시스템에서 단말 장치에 있어서,A terminal device in a wireless communication system,
    수신 모듈; 및A receiving module; And
    프로세서를 포함하고,Includes a processor,
    상기 프로세서는, 기지국으로부터 프리앰블 또는 예약 신호 중 적어도 하나 이상을 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 수신하며, 상기 비 면허 대역 상에서 PDSCH를 수신하되, 상기 프리앰블을 통해 상기 예약 신호 또는 상기 PDSCH 중 적어도 하나의 수신 동기를 획득하는, 단말 장치.The processor receives at least one or more of a preamble or a reservation signal from the base station on the unlicensed band and receives a PDSCH on the unlicensed band, and performs reception synchronization of at least one of the reservation signal or the PDSCH through the preamble. Obtaining, the terminal device.
PCT/KR2012/005358 2011-07-07 2012-07-06 Method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system WO2013006006A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/127,904 US9854446B2 (en) 2011-07-07 2012-07-06 Method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161505508P 2011-07-07 2011-07-07
US61/505,508 2011-07-07

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013006006A2 true WO2013006006A2 (en) 2013-01-10
WO2013006006A3 WO2013006006A3 (en) 2013-02-28

Family

ID=47437578

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2012/005358 WO2013006006A2 (en) 2011-07-07 2012-07-06 Method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (1) US9854446B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2013006006A2 (en)

Cited By (46)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015023910A3 (en) * 2013-08-16 2015-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink procedures for lte/lte-a communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
US20150098437A1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2015-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for enabling wireless communications using subframe structures having different subframe durations
WO2015083914A1 (en) * 2013-12-08 2015-06-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting data in non-licensed band
WO2015023909A3 (en) * 2013-08-16 2015-08-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink procedures for lte/lte-a communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
CN105122909A (en) * 2014-01-29 2015-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Synchronization method, base station, and user equipment
WO2016006857A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2016-01-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for supporting carrier sensing in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
WO2016018125A1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for configuring transmission opportunity period in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band
WO2016018056A1 (en) * 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and user equipment for receiving downlink control information, and method and base station for transmitting downlink control information
WO2016021945A1 (en) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for communicating in unlicensed band
WO2016048081A1 (en) * 2014-09-26 2016-03-31 한국전자통신연구원 Wireless channel access method and device
WO2016047975A1 (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-03-31 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for sensing unlicensed band and device therefor
KR20160037749A (en) * 2014-09-26 2016-04-06 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for accessing wireless channel
WO2016048112A3 (en) * 2014-09-26 2016-05-12 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting and receiving signal by terminal in wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and device for same
KR20160054396A (en) * 2014-11-05 2016-05-16 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for transmitting data through unlicensed band
WO2016105126A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for configuring and scheduling partial subframe in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
WO2016105129A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transceiving shortened physical downlink shared channel in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
WO2016122112A1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-04 주식회사 아이티엘 Method and device for estimating path loss in wireless communication system supporting laa
KR20160094255A (en) * 2015-01-29 2016-08-09 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for channel occupancy in unlicensed band
EP3043617A4 (en) * 2013-09-30 2016-08-17 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Information transmission method, base station and user equipment
KR20160129044A (en) * 2014-03-03 2016-11-08 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 System and method for reserving a channel for coexistence of u-lte and wi-fi
WO2016182355A1 (en) * 2015-05-12 2016-11-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for adjusting contention window size in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
WO2016182413A1 (en) * 2015-05-14 2016-11-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for terminal for receiving phich in wireless communication system and terminal utilizing the method
WO2016186406A1 (en) * 2015-05-16 2016-11-24 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 Method, device, and system for signal transmission in unlicensed band
JP2016541149A (en) * 2013-10-21 2016-12-28 クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッドQualcomm Incorporated Channel-based beacon signal design for cooperative communication systems
WO2016208933A1 (en) * 2015-06-21 2016-12-29 엘지전자 주식회사 Communication method in unlicensed band and device using same
JP2017502612A (en) * 2014-02-24 2017-01-19 インテル アイピー コーポレイション Unlicensed carrier type scheduling
KR20170020238A (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-02-22 한국전자통신연구원 Operation method of communication node in network supporting licensed and unlicensed bands
WO2017034237A1 (en) * 2015-08-21 2017-03-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing same
WO2017039381A1 (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting data in wireless communication system
KR20170047231A (en) * 2014-08-22 2017-05-04 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
WO2017078411A1 (en) * 2015-11-02 2017-05-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for monitoring control channel in unlicensed band
KR20170063634A (en) * 2014-09-30 2017-06-08 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting channel usage beacon signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
KR20170081235A (en) * 2014-11-05 2017-07-11 차이나 아카데미 오브 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 테크놀로지 Data transmission method and device in unlicensed frequency band
KR20170085032A (en) * 2014-11-15 2017-07-21 파나소닉 인텔렉츄얼 프로퍼티 코포레이션 오브 아메리카 Resource scheduling method, resource determining method, enodeb and user equipment
WO2017133008A1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-10 华为技术有限公司 Idle channel evaluation method and terminal
KR20170096108A (en) * 2014-12-11 2017-08-23 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Uplink transmissions in an unlicensed spectrum
WO2017142257A1 (en) * 2016-02-15 2017-08-24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for channel access in wireless communication system
WO2018012899A1 (en) * 2016-07-13 2018-01-18 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving random access preamble in wireless cellular communication system
WO2018127229A1 (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission method, terminal and base station
KR101923114B1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2018-11-28 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Data transmission method and data transmission device
US10219164B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2019-02-26 Intel IP Corporation Subframe aligned listen-before-talk for cellular in unlicensed band
US10440744B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2019-10-08 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Radio channel access method and apparatus
KR20190143487A (en) * 2014-08-22 2019-12-30 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving channel occupancy identifiers over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
US10531486B2 (en) * 2015-01-27 2020-01-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting uplink signal and device therefor
US10568097B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2020-02-18 Intel IP Corporation Listen before talk for cellular in unlicensed band
US10588162B2 (en) 2013-09-23 2020-03-10 Qualcomm Incorporated LTE-U uplink waveform and variable multi-subframe scheduling

Families Citing this family (127)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103765824B (en) * 2011-07-14 2017-03-22 美国博通公司 Methods and apparatuses for provision of a flexible time sharing scheme on an unlicensed band of a system
WO2013078663A1 (en) * 2011-12-01 2013-06-06 Renesas Mobile Corporation Methods and devices enabling resource sharing for device-to-device communication in unlicensed band
US9107126B2 (en) * 2013-04-13 2015-08-11 Fujitsu Limited Radio resource control for dual-access-technology cells
US9955467B2 (en) * 2013-06-27 2018-04-24 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method and BS for transmitting control information to UE, and method and UE for handling control information
CN105453677B (en) * 2013-08-23 2019-04-02 夏普株式会社 Terminal installation, base station apparatus, communication means and integrated circuit
US20150103782A1 (en) * 2013-10-14 2015-04-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for enabling asynchronous communications using unlicensed radio frequency spectrum
US9621310B2 (en) 2013-12-23 2017-04-11 Apple Inc. TTI bundling for downlink communication
US9794821B2 (en) * 2014-04-28 2017-10-17 Intel IP Corporation Channel reservation for operation in an unlicensed spectrum
CN104936189A (en) * 2014-05-01 2015-09-23 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 UE, and communication method and device at non-authorized frequency band in base station
EP3146777B1 (en) 2014-05-22 2019-02-27 Kyocera Corporation Unlicensed frequency band with licensed frequency band timing
CN111586698B (en) * 2014-05-27 2024-04-12 索尼公司 Electronic device and method for electronic device
US9787443B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-10-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for managing transmissions of uplink data over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
CN105207754B (en) * 2014-05-30 2019-09-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for sending information, message receiving method, apparatus and system
US10111221B2 (en) * 2014-05-30 2018-10-23 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Transmission method and communications device
WO2015185256A1 (en) * 2014-06-05 2015-12-10 Sony Corporation Communications device, infrastructure equipment, mobile communications network and methods
US10659967B2 (en) * 2014-06-10 2020-05-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel usage beacon signal transmissions based on uplink transmissions over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
CN106464642B (en) * 2014-06-12 2019-11-26 Lg电子株式会社 The method and apparatus of blind Detecting is executed in wireless communication system
US9680678B2 (en) * 2014-06-23 2017-06-13 Intel IP Corporation Communication systems and methods
US9603164B2 (en) * 2014-07-01 2017-03-21 Intel Corporation Group carrier scheduling for unlicensed long term evolution network
WO2016002855A1 (en) * 2014-07-03 2016-01-07 シャープ株式会社 Base station device and terminal device
EP2963989A1 (en) * 2014-07-04 2016-01-06 Sequans Communications S.A. LTE transmission in unlicensed bands
EP3167674B1 (en) * 2014-07-11 2019-09-11 LG Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting wi-fi signals in unlicensed spectrum in wireless communication system
US20170188358A1 (en) * 2014-07-11 2017-06-29 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Communication device and a method therein for transmitting data information at fixed time instants in a radio communications network
WO2016010276A1 (en) * 2014-07-18 2016-01-21 주식회사 케이티 Data retransmission processing method and apparatus therefor
CN106537802B (en) * 2014-07-24 2020-09-08 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting feedback signal
US11445493B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2022-09-13 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transceiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
CN106576343B (en) * 2014-07-28 2020-02-28 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for transceiving wireless signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
US9860784B2 (en) * 2014-08-01 2018-01-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for scheduling communications in wireless networks with traffic aggregation
CN106537995B (en) * 2014-08-06 2019-12-10 Lg电子株式会社 Method and user equipment for transmitting uplink signal, and method and base station for receiving uplink signal
CN105357162B (en) * 2014-08-22 2020-12-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Signal processing method, base station and terminal
CN105162562B (en) 2014-08-25 2019-11-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The method and apparatus of signal are sent and received using unauthorized carrier wave
US10674467B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2020-06-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Re-synchronization management in LTE/LTE-A with unlicensed spectrum
US10959197B2 (en) * 2014-09-08 2021-03-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Cell detection, synchronization and measurement on unlicensed spectrum
EP3192204B8 (en) 2014-09-10 2020-02-19 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Radio access node, communication terminal and methods performed therein
WO2016039681A1 (en) * 2014-09-10 2016-03-17 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Radio access node, communication terminal and methods performed therein
JP6594320B2 (en) * 2014-09-12 2019-10-23 シャープ株式会社 Base station apparatus and terminal apparatus
WO2016043523A1 (en) * 2014-09-18 2016-03-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for transmitting and receiving signal to and from enb by user equipment in wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation
CN105515741B (en) * 2014-09-26 2020-04-10 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission method and device on unauthorized frequency band
EP3190845B1 (en) * 2014-09-26 2018-11-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Uplink signal transmission method and related device
US10003986B2 (en) * 2014-09-26 2018-06-19 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Device, network, and method for communications with variable-duration reference signals
JP6619742B2 (en) * 2014-09-26 2019-12-11 京セラ株式会社 Base station and user terminal
EP3200516A4 (en) * 2014-09-26 2018-05-30 Kyocera Corporation Base station and user terminal
EP3200382B1 (en) * 2014-09-27 2020-05-27 LG Electronics Inc. Monitoring method by terminal in wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and device for same
CN106716908B (en) 2014-09-27 2020-04-17 Lg电子株式会社 Method for transmitting and receiving signal in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing the same
US11343680B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2022-05-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for accessing a cell using an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
US10158473B2 (en) * 2014-10-03 2018-12-18 Intel IP Corporation Methods, apparatuses, and systems for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request transmissions using channels in an unlicensed shared medium
US10305585B2 (en) 2014-10-07 2019-05-28 Lg Electronics Inc. Communication method and device in unlicensed band
US10575325B2 (en) 2014-10-09 2020-02-25 Acer Incorporated Device and method of handling service in unlicensed cell
WO2016064197A1 (en) * 2014-10-21 2016-04-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for minimizing channel preservation time in cellular communications on un-licensed band
US20160119922A1 (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-04-28 Htc Corporation Device and Method of Handling Resource Availability of Unlicensed Band
WO2016061770A1 (en) 2014-10-22 2016-04-28 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
US10362546B2 (en) * 2014-10-31 2019-07-23 Kyocera Corporation Preamble synchronization signal in unlicensed frequency band
CN105635017B (en) * 2014-11-04 2019-03-19 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of transmission method and equipment of targeting signal
US10425966B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2019-09-24 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Method and apparatus for improving a time granularity when deploying a wireless system
US9699804B2 (en) * 2014-11-06 2017-07-04 Alcatel Lucent Methods and systems for scheduling unlicensed band transmissions
KR101974755B1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2019-05-02 후지쯔 가부시끼가이샤 Wireless communication system, base station, terminal device, and processing method
CN105634698B (en) * 2014-11-07 2019-02-01 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 The method and apparatus for being used for transmission the discovery reference signal in the frequency range that do not permitted
EP3018938B1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2020-09-16 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America System for LTE licensed assisted access in unlicensed bands
JP6475350B2 (en) 2014-11-07 2019-02-27 華為技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2016073662A1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2016-05-12 Cisco Technology, Inc. Minimizing interference in wireless communication
CN105636230B (en) * 2014-11-07 2019-11-22 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus for implementing to listen to before session
CN105592467A (en) * 2014-11-07 2016-05-18 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for competing channel resource in long term evolution communication system
KR102564675B1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2023-08-08 삼성전자주식회사 Methods for performing hybrid repeat request (harq) in cellular operations over unlicensed bands
US9882662B2 (en) 2014-11-11 2018-01-30 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Systems and methods for license assisted access
US9565568B2 (en) * 2014-11-14 2017-02-07 Blackberry Limited Sharing channels in a licensed-assisted access in long term evolution operation
US9451612B2 (en) * 2014-12-12 2016-09-20 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and system for joint coordination and coexistence in unlicensed spectrum
US10257853B2 (en) * 2014-12-18 2019-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for identifying resources to transmit a channel reservation signal
CN105743626B (en) * 2014-12-30 2020-09-15 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for receiving downlink channel and/or downlink reference signal
CN111970103B (en) * 2014-12-30 2023-07-11 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for receiving downlink channel and/or downlink reference signal
CN105813087A (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and frequency spectrum resource sharing method and device
CN111049633B (en) 2015-01-09 2022-09-02 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting control channel for terminal in wireless communication system
CN106063355B (en) * 2015-01-16 2020-08-07 深圳市贝思特实业有限公司 Method and device for transmitting message
US10608804B2 (en) 2015-01-19 2020-03-31 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method, device, and system
CN105991211B (en) * 2015-01-28 2020-01-21 中国移动通信集团公司 Reference signal sending method, receiving method and device under unlicensed frequency band
JP2018050088A (en) * 2015-01-29 2018-03-29 シャープ株式会社 Terminal, base station device, and communication method
WO2016121581A1 (en) 2015-01-29 2016-08-04 シャープ株式会社 Terminal device, base station device, communications method, and integrated circuit
JP2018050087A (en) * 2015-01-29 2018-03-29 シャープ株式会社 Terminal, base station device, and communication method
US9986586B2 (en) 2015-01-29 2018-05-29 Intel IP Corporation Reservation of unlicensed spectrum in a wireless communications network
JP6930554B2 (en) * 2015-01-30 2021-09-01 日本電気株式会社 Methods performed by base stations and user equipment
CN105992373B (en) * 2015-01-30 2020-09-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method, device, base station and user equipment
CN106416383B (en) 2015-01-30 2019-12-13 日本电气株式会社 method and apparatus for performing partial subframe transmission
US10397795B2 (en) * 2015-01-30 2019-08-27 Mediatek Inc. Frame structure and data mapping for license assisted access
CN106031273B (en) * 2015-01-31 2019-08-27 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method of sending and receiving of subframe, base station and user equipment
CN106465377B (en) * 2015-02-03 2020-10-20 日本电气株式会社 Method and apparatus for performing partial subframe transmission
CN107409401A (en) * 2015-02-17 2017-11-28 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method, computer program, network node and communication equipment
US10382243B2 (en) 2015-03-18 2019-08-13 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. OFDM subframe transmission method and device using determined transport block sizes
US10721644B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2020-07-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for reporting channel state information for discontinuous transmission in wireless communication system and device for same
US10485025B2 (en) * 2015-04-02 2019-11-19 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Systems and methods for performing channel sensing for license assisted access
TWI600331B (en) * 2015-04-08 2017-09-21 財團法人資訊工業策進會 Base station, user equipment, transmission control method for base station and data transmission method
CN112492613A (en) * 2015-04-09 2021-03-12 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for performing CCA in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band and apparatus therefor
CA2985765A1 (en) * 2015-05-15 2016-11-24 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
CN106162898B (en) * 2015-05-15 2022-01-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Unauthorized carrier processing method and device
US10292158B2 (en) 2015-05-23 2019-05-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for adjusting clear channel assessment (CCA) window for transmissions in a shared radio frequency spectrum band
US10271276B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2019-04-23 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Optimized MCS selection for machine type communication
GB2539662A (en) 2015-06-22 2016-12-28 Sony Corp Transmitter and Receiver and Methods of Trasmitting and Receiving
US9775141B2 (en) 2015-07-14 2017-09-26 Motorola Mobility Llc Method and apparatus for reducing latency of LTE uplink transmissions
US9794921B2 (en) 2015-07-14 2017-10-17 Motorola Mobility Llc Method and apparatus for reducing latency of LTE uplink transmissions
US9717079B2 (en) 2015-07-14 2017-07-25 Motorola Mobility Llc Method and apparatus for selecting a resource assignment
WO2017018762A1 (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-02-02 삼성전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting control signal and channel in mobile communication system using unlicensed band
WO2017020200A1 (en) 2015-07-31 2017-02-09 Nec Corporation Method and apparatus for performing transmission
US11792654B2 (en) * 2015-07-31 2023-10-17 Nec Corporation Method and apparatus for performing transmission
US10383145B2 (en) * 2015-08-04 2019-08-13 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Systems and methods for backoff counter handling in license assisted access
US10219300B2 (en) * 2015-08-19 2019-02-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced channel reservation for co-existence on a shared communication medium
US9622237B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2017-04-11 Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. Method, apparatus, and system for channel access in unlicensed band
US9924511B2 (en) * 2015-09-22 2018-03-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Listen-before-talk for LTE direct on unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
CN105338568B (en) * 2015-09-25 2019-01-25 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 The transmission method and device of LTE in unlicensed spectrum
CN106559200A (en) * 2015-09-25 2017-04-05 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of data is activation, method of reseptance and device
CN108141831B (en) 2015-10-09 2021-02-12 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method and device for data transmission
EP3364586A4 (en) * 2015-10-13 2019-05-29 LG Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving sub-frame length information in wireless access system supporting non-licensed band
EP3595398B1 (en) * 2015-10-21 2022-04-27 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America User equipment, enodeb and wireless communication method
WO2017078503A1 (en) * 2015-11-05 2017-05-11 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 Method, device, and system for transmitting signals in unlicensed band
US10447445B2 (en) 2016-01-11 2019-10-15 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Device and method for transmitting reference signal
US10177875B2 (en) * 2016-02-01 2019-01-08 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Downlink control signaling for uplink transmission in a wireless network
CN107046732B (en) * 2016-02-05 2020-04-17 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Uplink frame transmission method and device
US10681663B2 (en) 2016-03-31 2020-06-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods for adjusting uplink transmission timing
EP3437387B1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2020-01-22 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Method and device for timing correction in a channel access using a listen-before-talk protocol.
WO2017213751A1 (en) * 2016-06-09 2017-12-14 Intel IP Corporation Scheduling request transmissions in the unlicensed spectrum
US10405242B2 (en) 2016-08-19 2019-09-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Robust channel reservation on a shared communication medium
US10687355B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2020-06-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for reservation preamble for low latency detection in a new radio shared spectrum communication system
US11240799B2 (en) * 2017-01-05 2022-02-01 Nec Corporation Method and device for indicating resource allocation
CN108541074B (en) * 2017-03-06 2023-10-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Random access transmitting method, receiving method and device, transmitting end and receiving end
WO2018174184A1 (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-09-27 京セラ株式会社 Wireless terminal, processor, and base station
CN110087314B (en) * 2018-01-25 2023-07-25 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium for unlicensed band transmission
WO2019194574A1 (en) * 2018-04-03 2019-10-10 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting relay operation for urllc in wireless communication system
JP2021533611A (en) * 2018-07-27 2021-12-02 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Wireless communication methods and devices
JP7115428B2 (en) * 2019-07-10 2022-08-09 日本電気株式会社 A base station, a method performed by a user equipment, and a method performed by a base station
CN115038127B (en) * 2022-06-02 2023-09-26 中国电信股份有限公司 Resource scheduling method and device, storage medium and electronic equipment

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080220787A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2008-09-11 Nextwave Broadband, Inc. Channel Aggregation
WO2009057483A1 (en) * 2007-10-30 2009-05-07 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Base station device, mobile station, and communication control method
KR20090083760A (en) * 2008-01-30 2009-08-04 삼성전자주식회사 Method and device of controlling access mode for communication system using shared or unlicensed band
WO2010101444A2 (en) * 2009-03-06 2010-09-10 Samsung Electronics Co,. Ltd. Method and system for shared communication medium in wireless communication systems

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7027827B2 (en) * 2003-05-19 2006-04-11 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for channel sharing between multiple communication systems
KR20080068325A (en) * 2007-01-19 2008-07-23 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for decision handover in portable terminal
US8189526B2 (en) 2009-03-06 2012-05-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for shared communication medium in wireless communication systems
US8644277B2 (en) * 2009-08-06 2014-02-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Dynamic selection of random access channel configurations
US8934909B2 (en) * 2010-05-19 2015-01-13 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for providing communication offloading to unlicensed bands
US20130142177A1 (en) * 2010-06-02 2013-06-06 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for adjacent-channel emission limit depending on synchronization of interfered receiver
US8792900B2 (en) * 2010-09-23 2014-07-29 Nokia Corporation Autonomous unlicensed band reuse in mixed cellular and device-to-device network
US8811309B2 (en) * 2010-12-03 2014-08-19 Nokia Corporation Implicit resource allocation using shifted synchronization sequence
US9198188B2 (en) * 2011-03-01 2015-11-24 Broadcom Corporation Operating a wireless system in an unlicensed band
US9113483B2 (en) * 2011-04-12 2015-08-18 Broadcom Corporation Methods and apparatus of spectrum sharing for cellular-controlled offloading using unlicensed band

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080220787A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2008-09-11 Nextwave Broadband, Inc. Channel Aggregation
WO2009057483A1 (en) * 2007-10-30 2009-05-07 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Base station device, mobile station, and communication control method
KR20090083760A (en) * 2008-01-30 2009-08-04 삼성전자주식회사 Method and device of controlling access mode for communication system using shared or unlicensed band
WO2010101444A2 (en) * 2009-03-06 2010-09-10 Samsung Electronics Co,. Ltd. Method and system for shared communication medium in wireless communication systems

Cited By (136)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10187875B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2019-01-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink procedures for LTE/LTE-A communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
US9591644B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2017-03-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink procedures for LTE/LTE-A communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
WO2015023910A3 (en) * 2013-08-16 2015-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink procedures for lte/lte-a communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
WO2015023909A3 (en) * 2013-08-16 2015-08-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink procedures for lte/lte-a communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
EP3965475A1 (en) * 2013-08-16 2022-03-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink procedures for lte/lte-a communication systems with unlicensed spectrum, apparatuses configured for wireless communication and a computer program thereof
US10362487B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2019-07-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink procedures for LTE/LTE-A communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
US9717071B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2017-07-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink procedures for LTE/LTE-A communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
CN105453654A (en) * 2013-08-16 2016-03-30 高通股份有限公司 Downlink procedures for LTE/LTE-A communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
EP3050242B1 (en) * 2013-09-23 2020-04-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Lte-u uplink waveform and variable multi-subframe scheduling
US10588162B2 (en) 2013-09-23 2020-03-10 Qualcomm Incorporated LTE-U uplink waveform and variable multi-subframe scheduling
US10411860B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2019-09-10 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
JP2016536846A (en) * 2013-09-30 2016-11-24 華為技術有限公司Huawei Technologies Co.,Ltd. Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
EP3043617A4 (en) * 2013-09-30 2016-08-17 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Information transmission method, base station and user equipment
KR101862492B1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2018-05-29 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Information transmission method, base station and user equipment
CN105612713A (en) * 2013-10-04 2016-05-25 高通股份有限公司 Techniques for enabling wireless communications using subframe structures having different subframe durations
US20150098437A1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2015-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for enabling wireless communications using subframe structures having different subframe durations
KR101832077B1 (en) * 2013-10-04 2018-02-23 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for enabling wireless communications using subframe structures having different subframe durations
CN105612713B (en) * 2013-10-04 2018-12-21 高通股份有限公司 Allow the technology carried out wireless communication using the subframe structure lasted with different subframes
US9648500B2 (en) * 2013-10-04 2017-05-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for enabling wireless communications using subframe structures having different subframe durations
JP2016541149A (en) * 2013-10-21 2016-12-28 クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッドQualcomm Incorporated Channel-based beacon signal design for cooperative communication systems
US10200224B2 (en) 2013-12-08 2019-02-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting data in non-licensed band
WO2015083914A1 (en) * 2013-12-08 2015-06-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting data in non-licensed band
CN105122909B (en) * 2014-01-29 2019-10-18 华为技术有限公司 Synchronous method, base station and user equipment
US10299234B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2019-05-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Synchronization method, base station, and user equipment
EP3091799A4 (en) * 2014-01-29 2017-01-11 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Synchronization method, base station, and user equipment
CN105122909A (en) * 2014-01-29 2015-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Synchronization method, base station, and user equipment
US9839049B2 (en) 2014-02-24 2017-12-05 Intel IP Corporation Scheduling for an unlicensed carrier type
JP2017502612A (en) * 2014-02-24 2017-01-19 インテル アイピー コーポレイション Unlicensed carrier type scheduling
CN106165522A (en) * 2014-03-03 2016-11-23 华为技术有限公司 For reserving the system and method for the channel coexisted of U LTE and WI FI
EP3490329A1 (en) * 2014-03-03 2019-05-29 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for reserving a channel for coexistence of u-lte and wi-fi
US9609666B2 (en) 2014-03-03 2017-03-28 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for reserving a channel for coexistence of U-LTE and Wi-Fi
KR20160129044A (en) * 2014-03-03 2016-11-08 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 System and method for reserving a channel for coexistence of u-lte and wi-fi
KR101883586B1 (en) * 2014-03-03 2018-07-30 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 System and method for reserving a channel for coexistence of u-lte and wi-fi
EP3103305A4 (en) * 2014-03-03 2017-03-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for reserving a channel for coexistence of u-lte and wi-fi
US10568097B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2020-02-18 Intel IP Corporation Listen before talk for cellular in unlicensed band
US10757736B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2020-08-25 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for supporting carrier sensing in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
WO2016006857A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2016-01-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for supporting carrier sensing in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
US10327258B2 (en) 2014-07-28 2019-06-18 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and user equipment for receiving downlink control information, and method and base station for transmitting downlink control information
WO2016018056A1 (en) * 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and user equipment for receiving downlink control information, and method and base station for transmitting downlink control information
US10772118B2 (en) 2014-07-28 2020-09-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and user equipment for receiving downlink control information, and method and base station for transmitting downlink control information
US11096166B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2021-08-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for configuring transmission opportunity period in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band
WO2016018125A1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for configuring transmission opportunity period in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band
US10178667B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2019-01-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for configuring transmission opportunity period in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band
US9913297B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2018-03-06 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for communicating in unlicensed band
WO2016021945A1 (en) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and device for communicating in unlicensed band
KR20190143487A (en) * 2014-08-22 2019-12-30 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving channel occupancy identifiers over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
CN111988124A (en) * 2014-08-22 2020-11-24 高通股份有限公司 Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands
US11750343B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2023-09-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
KR20170047231A (en) * 2014-08-22 2017-05-04 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
KR102417126B1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2022-07-04 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
KR20220098406A (en) * 2014-08-22 2022-07-12 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
CN111988124B (en) * 2014-08-22 2023-04-07 高通股份有限公司 Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands
KR102534684B1 (en) 2014-08-22 2023-05-18 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
KR102205968B1 (en) 2014-08-22 2021-01-20 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting and receiving channel occupancy identifiers over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
WO2016047975A1 (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-03-31 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for sensing unlicensed band and device therefor
US10237890B2 (en) 2014-09-24 2019-03-19 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for sensing unlicensed band and device therefor
US10440744B2 (en) 2014-09-26 2019-10-08 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Radio channel access method and apparatus
WO2016048112A3 (en) * 2014-09-26 2016-05-12 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting and receiving signal by terminal in wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and device for same
WO2016048081A1 (en) * 2014-09-26 2016-03-31 한국전자통신연구원 Wireless channel access method and device
KR20160037749A (en) * 2014-09-26 2016-04-06 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for accessing wireless channel
KR102327462B1 (en) * 2014-09-26 2021-11-17 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for accessing wireless channel
KR20170063634A (en) * 2014-09-30 2017-06-08 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting channel usage beacon signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
KR102383029B1 (en) * 2014-09-30 2022-04-04 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Techniques for transmitting channel usage beacon signals over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
US10506593B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2019-12-10 China Academy Of Telecommunications Technology Data transmission method and device in unlicensed frequency band
KR20170081235A (en) * 2014-11-05 2017-07-11 차이나 아카데미 오브 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 테크놀로지 Data transmission method and device in unlicensed frequency band
KR20160054396A (en) * 2014-11-05 2016-05-16 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for transmitting data through unlicensed band
KR102324608B1 (en) * 2014-11-05 2021-11-10 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for transmitting data through unlicensed band
US10219164B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2019-02-26 Intel IP Corporation Subframe aligned listen-before-talk for cellular in unlicensed band
KR101923114B1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2018-11-28 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Data transmission method and data transmission device
US10491263B2 (en) 2014-11-07 2019-11-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method and data transmission device
KR20170085032A (en) * 2014-11-15 2017-07-21 파나소닉 인텔렉츄얼 프로퍼티 코포레이션 오브 아메리카 Resource scheduling method, resource determining method, enodeb and user equipment
KR102308270B1 (en) 2014-11-15 2021-10-05 파나소닉 인텔렉츄얼 프로퍼티 코포레이션 오브 아메리카 Communication apparatus, communication method and integrated circuit
KR102046234B1 (en) 2014-12-11 2019-11-18 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Uplink transmissions in an unlicensed spectrum
KR20170096108A (en) * 2014-12-11 2017-08-23 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 Uplink transmissions in an unlicensed spectrum
US10862607B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2020-12-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transceiving shortened physical downlink shared channel in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
US11357021B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2022-06-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transceiving enhanced physical downlink control channel in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
US10708932B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2020-07-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for configuring and scheduling partial subframe in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
US10306662B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2019-05-28 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for configuring and scheduling partial subframe in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
WO2016105126A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for configuring and scheduling partial subframe in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
US11197307B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2021-12-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for reporting channel state information in wireless access system supporting unlicensed bands, and apparatus supporting same
US10477565B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2019-11-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transceiving enhanced physical downlink control channel in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
US10225035B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2019-03-05 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transceiving shortened physical downlink shared channel in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
US10492210B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2019-11-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for reporting channel state information in wireless access system supporting unlicensed bands, and apparatus supporting same
WO2016105129A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transceiving shortened physical downlink shared channel in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device supporting same
US11368968B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2022-06-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for configuring and scheduling partial subframe in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
US10531486B2 (en) * 2015-01-27 2020-01-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting uplink signal and device therefor
KR20160094255A (en) * 2015-01-29 2016-08-09 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for channel occupancy in unlicensed band
KR102279648B1 (en) 2015-01-29 2021-07-21 한국전자통신연구원 Method and apparatus for channel occupancy in unlicensed band
KR102299242B1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2021-09-07 주식회사 아이티엘 Method for estimatingpass-loss in wireless communication system supporting licensed assisted access and apparatus using the method
KR20160094079A (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-09 주식회사 아이티엘 Method for estimatingpass-loss in wireless communication system supporting licensed assisted access and apparatus using the method
WO2016122112A1 (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-04 주식회사 아이티엘 Method and device for estimating path loss in wireless communication system supporting laa
WO2016182355A1 (en) * 2015-05-12 2016-11-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for adjusting contention window size in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
US10716139B2 (en) 2015-05-12 2020-07-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for adjusting contention window size in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band and device for supporting same
US11405954B2 (en) 2015-05-12 2022-08-02 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for adjusting contention window size in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and device for supporting same
US10499419B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2019-12-03 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for terminal for receiving PHICH in wireless communication system and terminal utilizing the method
WO2016182413A1 (en) * 2015-05-14 2016-11-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for terminal for receiving phich in wireless communication system and terminal utilizing the method
US10057785B2 (en) 2015-05-16 2018-08-21 Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. Method, device, and system for signal transmission in unlicensed band
US10433181B2 (en) 2015-05-16 2019-10-01 Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. Method, device, and system for signal transmission in unlicensed band
US11611887B2 (en) 2015-05-16 2023-03-21 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Method, device, and system for signal transmission in unlicensed band
US10863363B2 (en) 2015-05-16 2020-12-08 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Method, device, and system for signal transmission in unlicensed band
WO2016186406A1 (en) * 2015-05-16 2016-11-24 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 Method, device, and system for signal transmission in unlicensed band
US10631338B2 (en) 2015-06-21 2020-04-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Communication method in unlicensed band and device using same
US10412765B2 (en) 2015-06-21 2019-09-10 Lg Electronics Inc. Communication method in unlicensed band and device using same
WO2016208933A1 (en) * 2015-06-21 2016-12-29 엘지전자 주식회사 Communication method in unlicensed band and device using same
WO2017030310A1 (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-02-23 한국전자통신연구원 Operating method of communication node in network supporting licensed and unlicensed bands
US10673576B2 (en) 2015-08-14 2020-06-02 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Operating method of communication node in network supporting licensed and unlicensed bands
KR20170020238A (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-02-22 한국전자통신연구원 Operation method of communication node in network supporting licensed and unlicensed bands
KR102554638B1 (en) * 2015-08-14 2023-07-12 한국전자통신연구원 Operation method of communication node in network supporting licensed and unlicensed bands
KR20180032574A (en) * 2015-08-21 2018-03-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for channel access in a wireless communication system and apparatus for performing the same
KR102550662B1 (en) 2015-08-21 2023-07-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing same
US10560964B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2020-02-11 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing same
CN112929984A (en) * 2015-08-21 2021-06-08 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing the same
US10912119B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2021-02-02 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing same
KR20210134797A (en) * 2015-08-21 2021-11-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing same
WO2017034237A1 (en) * 2015-08-21 2017-03-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing same
CN112929984B (en) * 2015-08-21 2023-08-15 Lg 电子株式会社 Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing the same
KR102537193B1 (en) 2015-08-21 2023-05-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Channel access method in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing the same
US11464049B2 (en) 2015-08-21 2022-10-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for channel access in wireless communication system and apparatus for performing same
KR102386383B1 (en) * 2015-09-04 2022-04-14 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus of transmitting data in wireless communication system
WO2017039381A1 (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting data in wireless communication system
KR20170028786A (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-14 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus of transmitting data in wireless communication system
US11096215B2 (en) 2015-09-04 2021-08-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting data in wireless communication system
US10742345B2 (en) 2015-11-02 2020-08-11 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for monitoring control channel in unlicensed band
WO2017078411A1 (en) * 2015-11-02 2017-05-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for monitoring control channel in unlicensed band
US10454605B2 (en) 2015-11-02 2019-10-22 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for monitoring control channel in unlicensed band
CN108605230A (en) * 2016-02-05 2018-09-28 华为技术有限公司 A kind of clear channel assessment and terminal
WO2017133008A1 (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-10 华为技术有限公司 Idle channel evaluation method and terminal
CN108605230B (en) * 2016-02-05 2020-07-10 诸暨市元畅信息技术咨询服务部 Idle channel assessment method and terminal
US10772025B2 (en) 2016-02-15 2020-09-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for channel access in wireless communication system
US10257764B2 (en) 2016-02-15 2019-04-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for channel access in wireless communication system
WO2017142257A1 (en) * 2016-02-15 2017-08-24 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for channel access in wireless communication system
US11653272B2 (en) 2016-07-13 2023-05-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving random access preamble in wireless cellular communication system
WO2018012899A1 (en) * 2016-07-13 2018-01-18 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving random access preamble in wireless cellular communication system
US11202235B2 (en) 2016-07-13 2021-12-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data based on reserved resource information
WO2018127229A1 (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission method, terminal and base station
US11324029B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2022-05-03 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Data transmission method, terminal and base station

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US9854446B2 (en) 2017-12-26
WO2013006006A3 (en) 2013-02-28
US20140112289A1 (en) 2014-04-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2013006006A2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system
WO2012144801A2 (en) Signal transmission method and device in a wireless communication system
WO2019160364A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving wireless signal in wireless communication system
WO2019160387A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink control information in wireless communication system, and apparatus using same
WO2017018759A1 (en) Downlink signal reception method, user equipment, downlink signal transmission method and base station
WO2017018758A1 (en) Downlink control information receiving method and user equipment, and downlink control information transmission method and base station
WO2017099461A1 (en) Uplink channel transmitting method and user device, and uplink channel receiving method and base station
WO2020145769A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink shared channel in wireless communication system and device using same
WO2016163802A1 (en) Method for performing cca in wireless access system supporting unlicensed band, and apparatus for supporting same
WO2016099196A1 (en) Method for allocating transmission resources in wireless communication system supporting device-to-device (d2d) communication
WO2017018761A1 (en) Control information reception method and user equipment, and control information reception method and base station
WO2016126119A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving signal in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
WO2017099526A1 (en) Downlink channel reception method and user equipment, and downlink channel transmission method and base station
WO2017078372A1 (en) Method and user equipment for receiving downlink channel, and method and base station for transmitting downlink channel
WO2016122258A1 (en) Signal receiving method and user equipment, and signal receiving method and base station
WO2013180521A1 (en) Method for transceiving control signals, and apparatus therefor
WO2016108673A1 (en) Uplink control information transmitting method and user equipment, and uplink control information receiving method and base station
WO2017014549A1 (en) Downlink control information receiving method and user equipment, and downlink control information transmitting method and base station
WO2011084020A2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in wireless communication system for supporting multi-carriers
WO2016117984A1 (en) Method of transmitting/receiving signal in wireless communication system supporting machine type communication and device therefor
WO2016021954A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink signal and user equipment, and method for receiving uplink signal and base station
WO2018030766A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving wireless signal and device for same
WO2016018056A1 (en) Method and user equipment for receiving downlink control information, and method and base station for transmitting downlink control information
WO2019031954A1 (en) Method, device, and system for transmitting or receiving uplink control channel in wireless communication system
WO2016182394A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving uplink in wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12806891

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14127904

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12806891

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2